advertisement
▼
Scroll to page 2
of 116
ENGLISH Sports Camcorder 運動攝錄放影機 VP-X300/X300L VP-X300/X300L AF Auto Focus CCDCharge Coupled Device LCDLiquid Crystal Display W T U MEN AF CCD LCD E DELETE DC IN HOLD DISPLAY MOD Owner’s Instruction Book Before operating the unit, please read this Instruction Book thoroughly, and retain it for future reference. Use only approved battery packs. Otherwise there is a danger of overheating, fire or explosion. Samsung is not responsible for problems occurring due to using unapproved batteries. AD68-01228X VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 001~003 3 2006-12-19 오후 5:24:15 ENGLISH Contents 目錄 Notices and Safety Precautions...................... 8 注意事項和安全須知 ............................................ 8 Precautions when using the Sports Camcorder.............................8 Notes Regarding COPYRIGHT...........................................................9 Notes Regarding Moisture Condensation........................................9 Notes Regarding the Sports Camcorder..........................................9 Notes Regarding the Battery Pack..................................................10 Notes Regarding the Lens................................................................11 Notes Regarding the LCD Display...................................................11 Precautions Regarding Service.......................................................11 Precautions Regarding Replacement Parts...................................11 使用運動攝錄放影機的須知...................................................................8 有關版權的注意事項..............................................................................9 有關濕氣凝結的注意事項.......................................................................9 有關運動攝錄放影機的注意事項............................................................9 有關電池組的注意事項.........................................................................10 有關鏡頭的注意事項............................................................................11 有關 LCD 顯示螢幕的注意事項............................................................11 有關服務的注意事項............................................................................11 有關更換零件的注意事項.....................................................................11 Getting to Know Your Sports Camcorder. ... 12 Features..............................................................................................12 Accessories Supplied with the Sports Camcorder.......................13 Location of Controls....................................... 14 Rear & Left View................................................................................14 Side & Bottom View...........................................................................15 External Camera Module View (VP-X300L only)............................16 LCD Display........................................................................................17 OSD (On Screen Display in Movie Record Mode/Movie Play Mode)..... 17 OSD (On Screen Display in MP3 Mode)........................................18 OSD (On Screen Display in Voice Record Mode/Voice Play Mode).... 19 OSD (On Screen Display in File Browser Mode/System Settings Mode)................................................................................20 瞭解您的運動攝錄放影機 ................................... 12 功能......................................................................................................12 運動攝錄放影機提供的配件.................................................................13 各項控制位置 .................................................... 14 後視圖和左視圖....................................................................................14 側視圖和底視圖....................................................................................15 外接式相機模組圖 (僅適用於 VP-X300L)...........................................16 LCD 顯示螢幕......................................................................................17 OSD(影片錄製模式/影片播放模式下的螢幕顯示).....................17 OSD(MP3 模式下的螢幕顯示)...................................................18 OSD(錄音模式/語音播放模式下的螢幕顯示)............................19 OSD(檔案瀏覽器模式/系統設定模式下的螢幕顯示).................20 How to Use the Battery Pack......................... 21 如何使用電池組 ................................................. 21 Battery Pack Installation / Ejection.................................................21 Maintaining the Battery Pack...........................................................22 Charging the Battery Pack...............................................................24 安裝/退出電池組..................................................................................21 保養電池組...........................................................................................22 電池組充電...........................................................................................24 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 001~002 2 2006-12-14 오후 1:41:45 ENGLISH Contents 目錄 Getting Started................................................ 25 使用入門 ............................................................ 25 The LED Colour..................................................................................25 Before You Start Operating the Sports Camcorder......................25 Using the Mode button....................................................................26 Using the Function button................................................................27 Using the Joystick.............................................................................27 Using the MENU button....................................................................27 Using the Display button...............................................................28 Using the Delete button.................................................................28 Structure of the Folders and Files...................................................29 Recording Time and Capacity..........................................................30 Using a Memory card (SD/MMC) (not supplied)............................32 Inserting / Ejecting the memory card (SD/MMC) (not supplied)....33 LED 色彩..............................................................................................25 開始操作運動攝錄放影機之前.............................................................25 使用模式按鈕.......................................................................................26 使用功能按鈕.......................................................................................27 使用搖桿...............................................................................................27 使用選單按鈕.......................................................................................27 使用顯示按鈕.......................................................................................28 使用刪除按鈕.......................................................................................28 資料夾和檔案結構................................................................................29 錄製時間與容量....................................................................................30 使用記憶卡 (SD/MMC)(未提供).....................................................32 插入/退出記憶卡 (SD/MMC)(未提供)............................................33 Movie Mode . ................................................... 34 影片模式 ............................................................ 34 Recording...........................................................................................35 Recording........................................................................................35 Zooming In and Out........................................................................36 Playing................................................................................................37 Playing Movie files on the LCD monitor........................................37 Playing Multiple Movie Files............................................................38 Setting the Recording Options........................................................40 Setting the Movie Size....................................................................40 Setting the Movie Quality................................................................41 Setting the White Balance...............................................................42 Setting the Program AE (Programmed Auto Exposure)................43 Setting the Effect.............................................................................44 Setting the EIS (Electronic Image Stabilizer)..................................45 Setting the Focus............................................................................46 錄製......................................................................................................35 錄製..................................................................................................35 放大和縮小.......................................................................................36 播放......................................................................................................37 在 LCD 顯示器播放影片檔案............................................................37 播放多個影片檔案............................................................................38 設定錄製選項.......................................................................................40 設定影片大小...................................................................................40 設定影片品質...................................................................................41 設定白平衡.......................................................................................42 設定程序自動曝光............................................................................43 設定效果..........................................................................................44 設定電子防手震功能........................................................................45 設定焦距..........................................................................................46 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 001~003 3 2006-12-14 오후 1:41:45 ENGLISH Contents 目錄 Setting the BLC (Backlight Compensation)....................................47 Setting the Digital Zoom..................................................................48 Setting the Record mode................................................................49 Setting the Line In/Out....................................................................50 Setting the Viewing Options.............................................................51 Deleting Movie Files........................................................................51 Setting the Play mode.....................................................................52 Locking Movie Files.........................................................................53 設定背光補償...................................................................................47 設定數位縮放...................................................................................48 設定錄製模式...................................................................................49 設定訊號輸入/輸出...........................................................................50 設定檢視選項.......................................................................................51 刪除影片檔案...................................................................................51 設定播放模式...................................................................................52 鎖定影片檔案...................................................................................53 MP3 Mode........................................................ 54 MP3 模式 . ......................................................... 54 Storing Mp3 in the Sports Camcorder............................................55 Copying MP3 Files to the Sports Camcorder.................................55 Playing................................................................................................56 Playing Mp3 Files............................................................................56 Setting the Mp3 Play Options..........................................................57 Deleting Mp3 Files..........................................................................57 Setting the Repeat Play..................................................................58 Setting the Equalizer.......................................................................59 Locking Mp3 Files...........................................................................60 儲存 Mp3 於運動攝錄放影機...............................................................55 複製 Mp3 檔案至運動攝錄放影機....................................................55 播放......................................................................................................56 播放 Mp3 檔案..................................................................................56 設定 Mp3 播放選項.............................................................................57 刪除 Mp3 檔案..................................................................................57 設定重複播放...................................................................................58 設定等化器.......................................................................................59 鎖定 Mp3 檔案..................................................................................60 Voice Recorder Mode..................................... 61 錄音機模式 ........................................................ 61 Recording...........................................................................................62 Recording Voice Files.....................................................................62 Playing................................................................................................63 Playing Voice Files..........................................................................63 Setting the Voice Play Options........................................................64 Deleting Voice Files.........................................................................64 Setting the Play Mode.....................................................................65 Locking Voice Files.........................................................................66 錄製......................................................................................................62 錄製語音檔案...................................................................................62 播放......................................................................................................63 播放語音檔案...................................................................................63 設定語音播放選項................................................................................64 刪除語音檔案...................................................................................64 設定播放模式...................................................................................65 鎖定語音檔案...................................................................................66 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 001~004 4 2006-12-14 오후 1:41:46 ENGLISH Contents 目錄 Using File Browser. ........................................ 67 使用檔案瀏覽器 ................................................. 67 Viewing Files or Folders..................................................................68 Deleting Files or Folders.................................................................69 Locking Files....................................................................................70 Viewing File Information..................................................................71 檢視檔案或資料夾............................................................................68 刪除檔案或資料夾............................................................................69 鎖定檔案..........................................................................................70 檢視檔案資訊...................................................................................71 Setting the Sports Camcorder....................... 72 設定運動攝錄放影機 .......................................... 72 Setting USB Mode..............................................................................73 Setting USB Mode...........................................................................73 Setting Memory..................................................................................74 Setting the File No. Function...........................................................74 Format.............................................................................................75 Viewing Memory Space..................................................................76 Adjusting the LCD monitor...............................................................77 Adjusting the LCD Brightness.........................................................77 Adjusting Date/Time..........................................................................78 Setting Date&Time..........................................................................78 Setting Date Format........................................................................79 Setting Time Format........................................................................80 Setting Date/Time Display...............................................................81 Setting the System Settings.............................................................82 Setting the Beep Sound..................................................................82 Setting Start-up Mode.....................................................................83 Resetting the Sports Camcorder.....................................................84 Selecting Language.........................................................................85 Setting the Auto Shut off.................................................................86 Setting the Demonstration Function................................................87 Viewing Version Information...........................................................88 設定 USB 模式.....................................................................................73 設定 USB 模式..................................................................................73 設定記憶體...........................................................................................74 設定檔案編號功能............................................................................74 格式化..............................................................................................75 檢視記憶體空間...............................................................................76 調整 LCD 顯示器..................................................................................77 調整 LCD 亮度..................................................................................77 調整日期/時間......................................................................................78 設定日期和時間...............................................................................78 設定日期格式...................................................................................79 設定時間格式...................................................................................80 設定日期/時間顯示...........................................................................81 設定系統設定.......................................................................................82 設定嗶聲..........................................................................................82 設定起始模式...................................................................................83 重設運動攝錄放影機........................................................................84 選擇語言..........................................................................................85 設定自動關閉...................................................................................86 設定示範畫面功能............................................................................87 檢視版本資訊...................................................................................88 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 001~005 5 2006-12-14 오후 1:41:46 ENGLISH Contents 目錄 Using USB Mode................................................................................89 Transferring files to a computer......................................................89 Using the PC Cam Function...........................................................90 使用 USB 模式.....................................................................................89 傳送檔案至電腦...............................................................................89 使用電腦攝像機功能........................................................................90 Using the External Camera Module (VP-X300L only).... 91 使用外接式相機模組 (僅適用於 VP-X300L) ..... 91 Recording with the External Camera Module................................92 Recording Movie using the External Camera Module....................92 Wearing the External Camera Module............................................93 Mounting the External Camera Module on Rubber Mount............93 Using the Long Mount Band ..........................................................94 使用外接式相機模組錄製.....................................................................92 使用外接式相機模組錄製視訊.........................................................92 裝載外接式相機模組............................................................................93 將外接式相機模組裝上塑膠托架.....................................................93 使用長拖架帶 ..................................................................................94 Miscellaneous Information............................ 95 其他資訊 ........................................................... 95 USB Interface Environment..............................................................96 USB connection to a computer ......................................................96 System Environment.......................................................................96 Installing Software.............................................................................97 Installing DV Media Pro 1.0............................................................97 Ulead Video Studio..........................................................................98 Connecting To Other Devices . .......................................................99 Connecting to a PC using a USB Cable.........................................99 Connecting to a TV monitor..........................................................100 Connecting to a VCR / DVD Recorder.........................................101 Recording unscrambled content from other digital devices.........102 USB 介面環境......................................................................................96 USB 連接至電腦 ..............................................................................96 系統環境..........................................................................................96 安裝軟體...............................................................................................97 安裝 DV Media Pro 1.0.......................................................................97 Ulead Video Studio..............................................................................98 連接至其他裝置 ..................................................................................99 使用 USB 纜線連接至電腦................................................................99 連接至電視顯示器..........................................................................100 連接至 VCR / DVD 錄放影機...........................................................101 從其他數位裝置錄製解碼的內容...................................................102 Maintenance ................................................ 103 保養 ................................................................ 103 Cleaning and Maintaining the Sports Camcorder.......................103 After using the Sports Camcorder................................................103 Cleaning the Body.........................................................................104 清潔和保養運動攝錄放影機...............................................................103 運動攝錄放影機使用後..................................................................103 清潔機身........................................................................................104 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 001~006 6 2006-12-14 오후 1:41:46 ENGLISH Contents 目錄 Using the Built-in Rechargeable Battery.......................................104 Regarding the Battery...................................................................105 Using the Sports Camcorder Abroad............................................106 使用內建充電電池..........................................................................104 關於電池........................................................................................105 在國外使用運動攝錄放影機...........................................................106 Troubleshooting........................................... 107 故障排解 ......................................................... 107 Self Diagnosis Display....................................................................107 自我診斷顯示.....................................................................................107 Using the Menu............................................ 109 使用選單 ......................................................... 109 Specifications............................................... 111 規格 ................................................................ 111 Index.............................................................. 113 索引 ................................................................ 113 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 001~007 7 2006-12-14 오후 1:41:47 ENGLISH Notices and Safety Precautions 注意事項和安全須知 Precautions when using the Sports Camcorder 使用運動攝錄放影機的須知 ✤ Please note the following precautions for use: ✤ Please keep this device in a safe place. The device contains a lens that can be damaged by shock. Keep away from the reach of the children. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Do not place your device in a wet place. Moisture and water may cause the device to malfunction. To avoid electric shock, do not touch your device or power cable with wet hands. If the device is not working properly, please consult your nearest dealer or authorized Samsung service facility. Disassembling the device yourself may cause irrecoverable damage which will be difficult to repair. Clean the device with a dry, soft cloth. Use a soft cloth moistened with a mild detergent solution for removing stains. Do not use any type of solvent, especially benzene, as it may seriously damage the finish. Keep your device away from rain and saltwater. After using, clean the device. Saltwater may cause the parts to corrode. To disconnect the apparatus from the mains, the plug must be pulled out from the mains socket, therefore the mains plug shall be readily operable. Using the earphone or headphone for an extended time can cause a serious damage to your hearing. - If you are exposed to a sound in higher than 85db for an extended time, you will be adversely affected on your hearing. The higher the sound is, the more seriously damaged your hearing is (an ordinary conversation is made in 50 to 60 db and the noise level on the road is approximately 80 db). - You are strongly advised to set the volume level to medium (the medium level is usually less than 2/3 of the maximum). If you feel a ringing in the ear(s), lower the volume or stop using the earphone or headphone. Do not use the earphone while you are driving a bicycle, automobile or motorcycle. - Otherwise it can cause a serious accident and, furthermore, it is prohibited by the law in some areas. - Using the earphone on the way, in particular, on the crosswalk can lead to a serious accident. For your safety, make sure the earphone cable should not get in the way of your arm or other surrounding objects while you are taking exercise or a walk. VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 008~038 8 ✤ 請注意下列使用須知: ✤ 請將此裝置存放在安全的地方。此裝置的鏡頭容易受到震動而 損壞。 請放在兒童不能觸及的地方。 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 請勿將裝置放在潮濕的地方。濕氣和水可能導致裝置發生故障。 不要用濕手觸摸裝置或電源纜線,以免觸電。 如果裝置無法正常工作,請洽詢鄰近的經銷商或授權的 Samsung 服務中心。 自行拆卸裝置可能會造成不可恢復的損壞,難以維修。 請用乾燥柔軟的布清潔裝置。用������������� 含������������ 有中性清潔劑溶液的軟布清 除污點。 請勿使用任何溶劑,尤其是苯,這類物質可能嚴重損壞塗層。 請保持裝置遠離雨水和鹽水。使用後請清潔裝置。鹽水可能導 致零件腐蝕。 若要中斷主電源與設備的連接,必須從主電源插座拔下插頭, 如此主電源插頭才可使用。 長時間使用耳機將嚴重造成聽力受損。 - 若您長時間暴露在高於 85db 的噪音下,將嚴重損害聽力。 噪音越大,聽力受損的情況就越嚴重(普通談話的噪音等級 為 50 至 60 db,而交通噪音等級則大約為 80 db)。 - 強烈勸告您將音量等級設為中等音量(中等音量通常會比最 大音量低三分之二)。 若有耳鳴現象,請降低音量或停止使用耳機。 在騎腳踏車、機車或開車時,請勿使用耳機。 - 否則,將造成嚴重交通意外,並且,某些區域的法律也禁止 此種行為。 - 在馬路上使用耳機,尤其是在斑馬線上,將可能導致嚴重的 交通意外。 為了安全起見,在慢跑或散步時,請確定耳機纜線不會纏到手 臂或周圍的其他物體。 2006-12-14 오후 1:43:55 ENGLISH Notices and Safety Precautions Notes Regarding COPYRIGHT ✤ Television programmes, movie video tapes, DVD titles, films and other programme materials may be copyrighted. Unauthorized recording of copyrighted materials may infringe on the rights of the Copyright owners and is contrary to copyright laws. ✤ All the trade names and registered trademarks mentioned in this manual or other documentation provided with your Samsung product are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders. Notes Regarding Moisture Condensation ✤ A sudden rise in atmospheric temperature may cause condensation to form inside the Sports Camcorder. For Example: ✤ Entering or leaving a heated place on a cold day might cause condensation inside the product. ✤ To prevent condensation, place the product in a carrying case or a plastic bag before exposing it to a sudden change of temperature. Notes Regarding the Sports Camcorder 1. Do not leave the Sports Camcorder exposed to high temperature (above 60°C or 140°F). For example, in a parked closed car in summer or exposed to direct sunlight. 2. Do not let the Sports Camcorder get wet. Keep the Sports Camcorder away from rain, salt water, or any other form of moisture. The Sports Camcorder will be damaged if immersed in water or subjected to high levels of moisture. 注意事項和安全須知 有關版權的注意事項 ✤ 電視節目、電影錄影帶、DVD 節目、影片, 以及其他節目資料均受著作權法保護。 未經授權錄製受著作權法保護的資料可能侵犯版權擁有者的權利 並違反著作權法。 ✤ 此手冊或其他 Samsung 產品說明文件中提及的所有產品名稱和 註冊商標是其各自所有者的 商標或註冊商標。 有關濕氣凝結的注意事項 ✤ 突然升高的氣溫將導致本攝錄放影機內部形成濕氣凝結。 例如: ✤ 在寒冷的天氣進入或離開溫暖的地方可能導致本產品內部的濕氣 凝結。 ✤ 為防止濕氣凝結,在將本產品暴露於溫度突然變化的環境中之前, 請將其放入攜帶套或塑膠袋中。 有關運動攝錄放影機的注意事項 1. 請勿將運動攝錄放影機暴露在高溫下(超過 60°C 或 140°F)。 例如,在陽光下停放的封閉車內或陽光直射之下。 2. 請勿讓運動攝錄放影機受潮。 使運動攝錄放影機遠離雨水、鹽水,以及任何其他形態的濕 氣。 如果浸泡在水中或處於高濕度環境中,運動攝錄放影機將會損 壞。 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 008~039 9 2006-12-14 오후 1:43:56 ENGLISH Notices and Safety Precautions 注意事項和安全須知 Notes Regarding the Battery Pack 有關電池組的注意事項 ✤ We recommend using the original battery pack that is available at the retailer where you purchased the Sports Camcorder. ✤ Make sure the battery pack is fully charged before starting to record. ✤ To preserve battery power, keep the Sports Camcorder turned off when you are not operating it. ✤ If your device is left in STBY mode without being operated for more than 5 minutes, it will automatically turn itself off to protect against unnecessary battery discharge. ✤ Make sure that the battery pack is attached firmly in place. ✤ The new battery pack provided with the product is not charged. Before using the battery pack, you need to fully charge it. ✤ Do not drop the battery pack. Dropping the battery pack may damage it. ✤ Fully discharging a Lithium Polymer battery damages the internal cells. The battery pack may be prone to leakage when fully discharged. ✤ To avoid damage to the battery pack, make sure to remove the battery when no charge remains. ✤ Clean the terminal to remove foreign substance before inserting the battery pack. ✳ ✳ When the battery reaches the end of its life, please contact your local dealer. Batteries must be disposed of as chemical waste. Be careful not to drop the battery pack when you release it from the Sports Camcorder. ✤ ✤ ✤ ✤ ✤ ✤ ✤ ✤ ✤ ✤ 建議使用您購買運動攝錄放影機之零售商出售的原廠電池組。 開始拍攝之前,請確定電池組已經完全充電。 為節省電池電量,在不使用時請關閉運動攝錄放影機電源。 若裝置處於待機模式不操作超過 5 分鐘,它將自動關閉以避免 不必要的電池放電。 確定電池組已穩固放入。 本產品隨附的新電池組尚未充電。 使用電池組之前,您必須將它完全充電。 切勿讓電池組掉落。掉落的電池組可能會損壞。 鋰離子電池若完全放電可能會損壞內部元件。完全放電的電池 組可能會導致漏液。 為避免損壞電池組,請確定將沒電的電池取出。 插入電池組之前,請清潔終端以去除雜質。 ✳ 在電池到達其使用壽命時,請與當地經銷商聯繫。 電池必須作為化學廢棄物處理。 ✳ 從攝錄放影機取出電池組時,請小心不要讓電池組掉落。 10 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 008~0310 10 2006-12-14 오후 1:43:56 ENGLISH Notices and Safety Precautions Notes Regarding the Lens ✤ Do not film with the Sports Camcorder lens pointing directly at the sun. Direct sunlight can damage the CCD (Charge Coupled Device, the imaging sensor). Notes Regarding the LCD Display 1. The LCD monitor has been manufactured using the high precision technology. However, there may be tiny dots (red, blue or green in colour) that appear on the LCD monitor. These dots are normal and do not affect the recorded picture in anyway. 2. When you use the LCD monitor under direct sunlight or outdoors, it may be difficult to see the picture clearly. 3. Direct sunlight can damage the LCD monitor. Precautions Regarding Service ✤ Do not attempt to service the Sports Camcorder yourself. ✤ Opening or removing covers may expose you to dangerous voltage or other hazards. ✤ Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel. Precautions Regarding Replacement Parts ✤ When replacement parts are required, be sure the service technician has used replacement parts specified by the manufacturer and having the same characteristics as the original part. ✤ Unauthorized substitutions may result in fire, electric shock or other hazards. 注意事項和安全須知 有關鏡頭的注意事項 ✤ 拍攝時,請勿將相機鏡頭直接朝向太陽。 陽光直射會損壞 CCD(光電耦合元件 - 影像感應器 )。 有關 LCD 顯示螢幕的注意事項 1. LCD 顯示器採用高精密技術製造。LCD 顯示器上可能會出現一些 小點(紅色、藍色或綠色 )。 這些小點屬於正常現象,不會影響錄製的影像。 2. 當您在陽光下或戶外使用 LCD 顯示器時,可能無法清楚地看到 影像。 3. 陽光直射會損壞 LCD 顯示器。 有關服務的注意事項 ✤ 請勿嘗試自行維修本運動攝錄放影機。 ✤ 打開或移除機蓋可能會讓您暴露在危險電壓或其他危險中。 ✤ 請讓合格的專業技術人員進行維修。 有關更換零件的注意事項 ✤ 在需要更換零件時,請確保維修技術人員使用製造商指定的更 換零件,其特性與原始零件相同。 ✤ 未經授權的更換可能會導致火災、觸電或其他危險。 11 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 008~0311 11 2006-12-14 오후 1:43:56 ENGLISH Getting to Know Your Sports Camcorder 瞭解您的運動攝錄放影機 Features ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 12 Multifunctional Sports Camcorder This Sport Camcorder packs various functions into one tiny device. This pocked-sized unit is a digital camcorder, an MP3 player, voice recorder, web cam(PC camera) and a portable data storage device. Digital Video Camcorder Records enhanced quality video in MPEG4 ASP(Advanced Simple Profile) format(720 x 576) at 25fps for high resolution, life-like images. 100x Digital Zoom Allows the user to magnify an image up to 100x its original size. Colourful TFT LCD A high-resolution(211K) colourful TFT LCD gives you clean, sharp images as well as the ability to review your recorded files immediately. Electronic Image Stabilizer (EIS) The EIS helps you reduce unstable images by compensating for natural shaking movements. Various Digital Effects The DSE (Digital Special Effects) allows you to give the film a special look by adding various special effects. USB Interface for Data Transfer You can transfer movie files or any other files to a PC using the USB interface. PC Cam for multi-entertaining You can use this Sports Camcorder as a PC camera for video chatting, video conference and other PC camera applications. Voice Record / Playback with vast memory You can record voices and store it in the memory card (not supplied) and play back the recorded voice files. Download & Listen to MP3 Files With the Sports Camcorder, you can play back MP3 files stored in the memory card (not supplied). Enjoy your favorite songs with your Sports Camcorder. A Sports Camcorder equipped with External Camera Module (VP-X300L only) The Sports Camcorder is equipped with an External Camera Module, which enables you to directly record when connected to the main unit Weatherproof (External Camera Module only) (VP-X300L only) The External Camera Module is weatherproof according to IP42 standard. IP-Protection Level 4- The External Camera is protected against contact from solid objects over 0.04inch in diameter. 2- The External Camera is protected against water sprayed from a vertical position above the centre of Sports Camcorder top (Power LED facing up) at 15 degree angles. Multi OSD Language Supports various foreign languages to display the menu and information. You can select the desired OSD language from OSD list. Multi jack The Multi jack functions as an Earphone, AV Input/Output or *External Camera Module jack. You can use various functions with only one jack. *: VP-X300L only VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 008~0312 12 功能 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 多功能運動攝錄放影機 這一款運動攝錄放影機是一個袖珍型多功能播放機,它集成了多種功 能,包括數位攝錄放影機、MP3 播放機、錄音機、網絡攝像機(PC 攝像 機)和便攜式資料存儲裝置。 數位視訊攝錄放影機 允許您錄製高清晰視訊,其清晰度相當於使用速率爲 25 幀/秒的 MPEG4 ASP (Advanced Simple Profile) 格式 (720 x 576),真正獲得栩栩如生的影像 效果。 100 倍數位縮放 可以讓使用者將影像放大至其原始大小的 100 倍。 色彩豐富的 TFT LCD 高解析度 (211K) 色彩豐富的 TFT LCD 可為您提供明亮、清晰的影像,同 時具有立即檢視已錄製檔案的功能。 電子防手震功能 (EIS) 使用運動攝錄放影機,您可以消去自然震動以減少不穩定的影像。 各種數位效果 數位特殊效果 (DSE) 可增加各種特殊效果,讓所拍攝的影像別具一格。 用於傳輸資料的 USB 介面 可使用 USB 接口將影片檔案或任何其他檔案傳送至 PC。 多娛樂功能的電腦攝像機 您可以將運動攝錄放影機用作電腦攝像機進行視訊聊天、視訊會議及其 他電腦攝像機應用。 使用大容量記憶體錄製/播放語音 可以錄製聲音並將它存儲在記憶卡(未提供)中以及播放錄製好的聲音 檔案。 下載以及聆聽 MP3 檔案 借助於運動攝錄放影機,可以播放存儲在記憶卡(未提供)中的 MP3 檔 案。 利用運動攝錄放影機享受最愛的歌曲。 配備外接式相機模組的運動攝錄放影機 (僅適用於 VP-X300L) 運動攝錄放影機配備有外接式相機模組,可讓您在連接至主機時直接進行 錄製。 防水(僅限外接式相機模組)(僅適用於 VP-X300L) 外接式相機模組具備 IP42 標準的防水功能。 IP-保護等級 4- 外接式相機經保護不受直徑超過 0.04 英吋物件的接觸。 2- 外接式相機可防止受來自運動攝錄放影機中心(電源燈朝上)垂直上 方及斜 15 度角的水濺。 多種 OSD 語言 支援多種外語可顯示選單和資訊。 您可以從 OSD 清單中選擇所要的 OSD 語言。 多功能插孔 多功能插孔可作為耳機、AV 輸入/輸出或*外接式相機模組的插孔。 一個插孔有多種功能。 : 僅適用於 VP-X300L * 2006-12-19 오후 2:34:28 像 G4 像 同 。 其 音 檔 行 ENGLISH Getting to Know Your Sports Camcorder 瞭解您的運動攝錄放影機 Accessories Supplied with the Sports Camcorder ✤ Make sure that the following basic accessories are supplied with your Sports Camcorder. Basic Accessories 1. Lithium Polymer Battery pack 2. AC Power Adapter 3. Audio/Video Cable 4. USB Cable 5. Earphones 6. Hand Strap 7. Instruction Book/Quick Guide 1. Lithium Polymer battery pack 2. AC Power Adapter 運動攝錄放影機提供的配件 ✤ 確定運動攝錄放影機提供下列基本配件。 3. Audio/Video Cable 4. USB Cable 5. Earphones 6. Hand Strap 7. Instruction Book/Quick Guide 8. Software CD 9. Lens Cover 10. External Camera Module 11. Rubber Mount 8. Software CD 9. Lens Cover 10.External Camera Module (VP-X300L only) 11.Rubber Mount (VP-X300L only) 12.Long Mount Band (VP-X300L only) 13. Carrying Case (VP-X300L only) 13. Carrying Case 14. Extended life battery pack Optional Accessory 14.Extended life Battery pack 12. Long Mount Band 基本配件 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 鋰電池組 交流電轉接器 聲訊/視訊纜線 USB 纜線 耳機 手提帶 說明書/快速指南 軟體光碟 鏡頭蓋 外接式相機模組 (僅適用於 VP-X300L) 塑膠拖架 (僅適用於 VP-X300L) 12. 長拖架帶 (僅適用於 VP-X300L) 13. 攜帶套 (僅適用於 VP-X300L) 可選購的配件 14. 強力電池組 上 [ Notes ] ✤ The accessories supplied can vary depending on the sales region. ✤ Parts and accessories are available at your local Samsung dealer. ✤ You can download programmes, the latest driver software, and audio/video CODECs from the Samsung Electronics webpage. (www.samsung.com) VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 008~0313 13 [ 附註 ] ✤ 提供的配件視銷售地區的不同而有所不同。 ✤ 零件與配件可在您當地的 Samsung 代理商和服務中心選購。 ✤ 您可前往 Samsung Electronics 網頁 (www.samsung.com) 下載程式、最 新驅動程式軟體和音訊/視訊轉碼器。 13 2006-12-14 오후 1:44:00 W T ENGLISH Location of Controls 各項控制位置 Rear & Left View 後視圖和左視圖 U MEN E T 1 U MEN 2 Y T MENU MODE DISPLAY DELETE 13 14 DC IN DISPLA HOLD 3 E MOD DELETE W HOLD W Connect the earphones to the multi jack as shown in the figure. DC IN 7 8 9 10 11 12 DC IN D How to Connect Earphones HOLD Y DISPLA MOD ELETE 15 4 5 6 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. LCD monitor 8. PLAY button Delete button 9. Record /Stop button DISPLAY button 10.[W/T] switch Built-in speaker 11.Joystick (Up, Down, Left, Power button Right, OK) MP3/*External Camera 12.MENU button Module HOLD switch 13.Mode button 7. Record / Power /Charging 14.DC IN jack indicator 15.Multi jack [ Note ] ✤ Multi jack is a unified Earphones, AV Input/Output and *External Camera Module jack. 14 *: VP-X300L only VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 008~0314 14 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. LCD 顯示器 Delete 按鈕 DISPLAY 按鈕 內建喇叭 電源按鈕 MP3/*外接式相機模組 HOLD 開關 7. 錄製/電源/充電指示器 8. PLAY 按鈕 9. Record /Stop 按鈕 10.[W/T] 開關 11.搖桿(上、下、左、右、OK) 12.MENU 按鈕 13.Mode 按鈕 14.DC IN 插孔 15.多功能插孔 [ 附註 ] ✤ 多功能插孔為結合耳機、AV 輸入/輸出和*外接式相機模組等功能的 插孔。 *: 僅適用於 VP-X300L 2006-12-14 오후 1:44:02 ENGLISH Location of Controls 各項控制位置 Side & Bottom View 側視圖和底視圖 Hanging Lens Cover on the Sports Camcorder 1 4 8 <Left side> <Fastening Hand Strap> USB 5 MMC/SD 2 3 1. Lens 2. Battery pack 3. Battery eject switch 4. Front cover 5. USB port 6. 7. 8. 9. 6 7 Built-in microphone Usable Memory Memory card slot cards (2GB Max) Tripod receptacle Strap hook SD 可用記憶卡 (最大 2GB) 9 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 鏡頭 電池組 電池退出閂 前蓋 USB 埠 6. 7. 8. 9. 內建麥克風 記憶卡插槽 三腳架底座 繫帶環 MMC 15 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 008~0315 15 2006-12-14 오후 1:44:03 ENGLISH Location of Controls 各項控制位置 External Camera Module View (VP-X300L only) 1 外接式相機模組圖 (僅適用於 VP-X300L) 4 5 9 6 2 Bottom View 3 8 7 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Built-in microphone Lens Rubber Mount Picture Rotator Record/Power indicator Power/Record /Stop button 7. Clip 8. External Camera Module cable 9. Rubber Mount receptacle 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 內建麥克風 鏡頭 塑膠拖架 畫面旋轉器 錄製/電源指示器 Power/Record /Stop 按鈕 7. 固定夾 8. 外接式相機模組纜線 9. 塑膠拖架底座 16 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 008~0316 16 2006-12-14 오후 1:44:04 ENGLISH Location of Controls : LCD Display 各項控制位置 : LCD 顯示螢幕 OSD (On Screen Display in Movie Record Mode/Movie Play Mode) Movie Record Mode 1. Mode indicator 2. Movie size indicator 3. Movie quality indicator 4. White balance indicator 5. Program AE indicator 6. Date/Time indicator 7. Effect indicator 8. BLC indicator * 9. Focus indicator * 10 EIS indicator 11. Battery life indicator 12. Memory Card Indicator (No memory card) 13. Counter (Elapsed time /Remaining time) 14. Warning and note indicator 15. Record/STBY indicator 16. Optical zoom indicator 17. Digital zoom indicator Movie Play Mode 1. Mode indicator 2. Lock indicator 3. Current display indicator 4. Move (Help Key) 5. Play (Help Key) 6. Damaged file indicator 7. Scroll bar 8. Multi selection indicator 9. Battery life indicator 10. Memory Card Indicator 11. Image counter (Current image) 12. Image size indicator 13. Date/Time indicator 14. Volume indicator 15. Counter (Elapsed time /Recorded time) [ Notes ] ✤ Settings indicated with * will not be retained when the Sports Camcorder is turned off. ✤ The OSD indicators of this product are based on model VP-X300L. ✤ The OSD indicators are based on memory capacity of 1GB (MMC). ✤ For enhanced performance, the display indications and the order are subject to change without prior notice. VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 008~0317 17 OSD(影片錄製模式/影片播放模式下的螢幕顯示) Movie Record Mode 15 2 3 14 13 12 11 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY00:00:00/00:40:05 1 W 4 1X 1X F 9 8 Recording... 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY Recording... 10X 10X 720i 5 S S Recording... STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 12:00AM 2007.01.01 Sepia 12:00AM 2007.01.01 Sepia 720i F 6 S 7 Recording... 12:00AM 2007.01.01 Sepia 100-0001 Movie Play Mode 100-0001 11 S W W 10X W T 1X 10X T T Play Play OK OK 影片播放模式 8 100-0001 ? 7 ERROR 720X480 720X576 00:00:15/00:05:20 OK Play Move 00:00:15/00:05:20 4 ? 6 5 ERROR 00:00:15/00:05:20 OK Play Move Movie Play Mode 720X576 15 00:00:15/00:05:20 12:00AM 2007.01.01 100-0001 12:00AM 2007.01.01 100-0001 720X576 12 12:00AM 2007.01.01 100-0001 12:00AM 2007.01.01 100-0001 13 11 10X T ERROR Move Move W 17 Sepia ?? ERROR 1X TT 10X 1X 10 9 12:00AM 2007.01.01 100-0001 2 3 16 10X 10X 1X TT F 1 W 10W1X1X W 720i 720i F 影片錄製模式 1. 模式指示器 2. 影片大小指示器 3. 影片質量指示器 4. 白平衡指示器 5. 程序自動曝光指示器 6. 日期/時間指示器 7. 效果指示器 8. 背光補償模式指示器 * 9. 對焦指示器 * 10. 電子防手震功能指示器 11. 電池壽命指示器 12. 記憶卡指示器(無記憶卡) 13. 計數器 (經過時間/剩餘時間) 14. 警告和通告指示器 15. 錄製/停止指示器 16. 光學縮放指示器 17. 數位縮放指示器 2 14 1. 模式指示器 2. 鎖定指示器 3. 目前顯示指示器 4. 移動(說明鍵) 5. 播放(說明鍵) 6. 受損檔案指示器 7. 捲動列 8. 多重選擇指示器 9. 電池壽命指示器 10. 記憶卡指示器 11. 影像計數器(目前影像) 12. 影像大小指示器 13. 日期/時間指示器 14. 音量指示器 15. 計數器(經過時間/錄製時間) [ 附註 ] ✤ 以 * 標註的設定無法在運動攝錄放影機關機後保 留設定。 ✤ 本產品的 OSD 指示器以 VP-X300L 機型為主。 ✤ OSD 指示器基於 1GB (MMC) 記憶體容量。 ✤ 爲使性能更好,顯示器指示和順序會隨時更改, 而不先行通知。 17 2006-12-14 오후 2:07:14 ENGLISH Location of Controls : LCD Display 各項控制位置 : LCD 顯示螢幕 OSD (On Screen Display in MP3 Mode) OSD(MP3 模式下的螢幕顯示) MP3 Mode MP3 Mode 1. Mode indicator 2. File name indicator 3. Lock indicator 4. Move (Help Key) 5. Play (Help Key) 6. Scroll bar indicator 7. Battery life indicator 8. Memory Card Indicator 9. Counter(Elapsed time) 10.Repeat indicator 11. Multi selection indicator MP3 Mode 1. Mode indicator 2. File name indicator 3. Artist indicator 4. Sampling rate/Bit rate 5. Operation indicator 6. Progress bar indicator 7. Search (Help Key) 8. Counter(Elapsed time/Full time) 9. List (Help Key) 10.Play/Pause (Help Key) 11.Volume indicator 12.Equalizer indicator 13.Lock indicator 14.Battery life indicator 15.Memory Card Indicator 16.File number indicator (Current / Total) 10 1 2 3 11 9 00:12 Life is cool.mp3 Everytime.mp3 Toxic.mp3 00:12push me.mp3 Don't Love you.mp3 Life is cool.mp3 OK Play MoveEverytime.mp3 Toxic.mp3 Don't push 4 5 me.mp3 Love you.mp3 1/10 Move VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 008~0318 18 6 MP3 Play Mode 16 Stereo 44.1KHz 12Kbps 1 00:01:07/00:03:27 2 3 4 5 6 Life is cool.mp3 Sweetbox Search List 15 POP14 1/10 OK Stereo 44.1KHz 12Kbps 13 POP Pause 7 List 8 9 12 11 00:01:07/00:03:27 Search OK 1. 模式指示器 2. 檔案名稱指示器 3. 鎖定指示器 4. 移動(說明鍵) 5. 播放(說明鍵) 6. 捲動列指示器 7. 電池壽命指示器 8. 記憶卡指示器 9. 計數器(經過時間) 10.重複指示器 11.多重選擇指示器 MP3 模式 OK Life is cool.mp3 Sweetbox [ Notes ] ✤ Settings will be retained when the Sports Camcorder is turned off. ✤ MP3 files with tag information will display the artist name. MP3 files with no tag information will leave the item blank. 18 MP3 模式 8 7 Pause 10 1. 模式指示器 2. 檔案名稱指示器 3. 音樂家指示器 4. 取樣率/位元速率 5. 操作指示器 6. 進度列指示器 7. 搜尋(說明鍵) 8. 計數器(經過時間/完整時間) 9. 清單(說明鍵) 10.播放/暫停(說明鍵) 11.音量指示器 12.等化器指示器 13.鎖定指示器 14.電池壽命指示器 15.記憶卡指示器 16.檔案編號指示器(目前/總計) [ 附註 ] ✤ 設定將在運動攝錄放影機關機後保留。 ✤ 有標籤資訊的 MP3 檔案將顯示音樂家名稱。 沒有標籤資訊的 MP3 檔案該項目為空白。 2006-12-14 오후 1:44:10 ENGLISH Location of Controls : LCD Display 各項控制位置 : LCD 顯示螢幕 OSD (On Screen Display in Voice Record Mode/Voice Play Mode) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Mode indicator File name indicator Date/Time indicator Sampling rate/Bit rate Operation indicator Counter (Elapsed Time / Remaining Time) Battery life indicator Memory Card Indicator 8 2 3 4 5 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 008~0319 19 Stereo .0KHz 64Kbps 00:00:12/34:5:4 6 00:00:12/34:5:4 1/3 1 00:12 SWAV0001.WAV Voice Play Mode 2007/01/01 12:00:00 AM 2007/01/01 12:00:00 AM Stop 112007/01/01 10 9 AM 8 7 12:00:10 Stereo .0KHz 64Kbps 1 2 3 12 2007/01/01 12:00:20 AM 00:00:12/34:5:4 1/3 1 00:12 2007/01/01 12:00:00 AM Stop Move OK Play 2007/01/01 12:00:10 AM 2007/01/01 12:00:20 1/3 AM 1 00:12 1/3 1 6 2007/01/01 12:00:00 AM SWAV0001.WAV OK Play Move2007/01/01 12:00:10 2007/01/01 12:00:00 AM AM 2007/01/01 12:00:20 AM Stereo 4 .0KHz 64Kbps 5 1/3 1 00:00:02/00:00:12 Voice Play Mode Stereo .0KHz 64Kbps 1/3 1 00:00:02/00:00:12 3 4 SWAV0001.WAV 2007/01/01 Search 12:00:00 List AM 10 OK Pause OK Pause Stereo .0KHz 64Kbps 00:00:02/00:00:12 Search 5 List 6 7 8 1. 模式指示器 2. 日期/時間指示器 3. 鎖定指示器 4. 移動(說明鍵) 5. 播放(說明鍵) 6. 捲動列指示器 7. 電池壽命指示器 8. 記憶卡指示器 9. 檔案編號指示器(目前/總計) 10. 計數器(經過時間) 11. 重複指示器 12. 多重選擇指示器 語音播放模式 SWAV0001.WAV OK Play Move Search 12:00:00 List AM 11 OK Pause 2007/01/01 1 2 模式指示器 檔案名稱指示器 日期/時間指示器 取樣率/位元速率 操作指示器 計數器(經過時間/剩餘時間) 電池壽命指示器 記憶卡指示器 語音播放模式 Stereo .0KHz 64Kbps Voice Play Mode [ Note ] ✤ Settings will be retained when the Sports Camcorder is turned off. SWAV0001.WAV 2007/01/01 12:00:00 AM SWAV0001.WAV Stop 2007/01/01 12:00:00 AM 12.Multi selection indicator 1. File name indicator 2. Date/Time indicator 3. Operation indicator 4. Progress bar indicator 5. Search (Help Key) 6. List (Help Key) 7. Counter (Elapsed time / Recorded time) 8. Play/Pause (Help Key) 9. Volume indicator 10.Lock indicator 11.File Number indicator (Current / Total) 錄音模式 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 7 1 Voice Play Mode 1. Mode indicator 2. Date/Time indicator 3. Lock indicator 4. Move (Help Key) 5. Play (Help Key) 6. Scroll bar indicator 7. Battery life indicator 8. Memory Card Indicator 9. File number indicator (Current / Total) 10. Counter(Elapsed time) 11.Repeat indicator OSD(錄音模式/語音播放模式下的螢幕顯示) Voice Record Mode Voice Record Mode 9 1. 檔案名稱指示器 2. 日期/時間指示器 3. 操作指示器 4. 進度列指示器 5. 搜尋(說明鍵) 6. 清單(說明鍵) 7. 計數器(經過時間/已錄音時間) 8. 播放/暫停(說明鍵) 9. 音量指示器 10. 鎖定指示器 11. 檔案編號(目前/總計) [ 附註 ] ✤ 設定將在運動攝錄放影機關機後保留。 19 2006-12-14 오후 1:44:11 ENGLISH Location of Controls : LCD Display 各項控制位置 : LCD 顯示螢幕 1/4 OSD (On Screen Display in File Browser OSD(檔案瀏覽器模式/ Mode/System Settings Mode) 系統設定模式下的螢幕顯示) /VIDEO/100SSMOV SMOV0001.AVI FileSMOV0002.AVI Browser Mode File Browser Mode 1. Mode indicator 2. Current selected folder indicator 3. Current selected file indicator 4. Lock indicator 5. Multi selection indicator 6. Move (Help Key) 7. Play (Help Key) 8. Scroll bar indicator 9. Battery life indicator 10.Memory Card Indicator 11. File number indicator (Current / Total) System Settings Mode 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Mode indicator Menu tab Setup item Move (Help Key) Select (Help Key) Battery life indicator Memory Card Indicator 檔案瀏覽器模式 SMOV0003.AVI SMOV0004.AVI 11 10 9 Move 1 OK Play 1/4 /VIDEO/100SSMOV SMOV0001.AVI SMOV0002.AVI SMOV0003.AVI Coin SMOV0004.AVI Dart 2 4 5 Move OK 8 Play 6 7 Move OK Play System Settings Mode Coin Dart 1 2 3 7 System Settings Ver. USB Mode OK Play MoveStorage Mass PC-Cam Move OK Select System Settings 5 Ver. 4 USB Mode 6 1. 模式指示器 2. 目前選定的資料夾指示器 3. 目前選定的檔案指示器 4. 鎖定指示器 5. 多重選擇指示器 6. 移動(說明鍵) 7. 選擇(說明鍵) 8. 捲動列指示器 9. 電池壽命指示器 10.記憶卡指示器 11.檔案編號指示器(目前/總計) 系統設定模式 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 模式指示器 選單標籤 設定項目 移動(說明鍵) 選擇(說明鍵) 電池壽命指示器 記憶卡指示器 Mass Storage PC-Cam Move OK Select 20 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 008~0320 20 2006-12-14 오후 1:44:12 ENGLISH How to Use the Battery Pack Battery Pack Installation / Ejection It is recommended you purchase one or more additional battery packs to allow continuous use of your Sports Camcorder. 如何使用電池組 安裝/退出電池組 建議您購多買一個或多個電池組,以便連續使用您的運動攝錄放影機。 <Insert> <Eject> 1 2 To insert the battery pack Slide the battery pack into the groove until it clicks. To eject the battery pack Pull the Battery eject switch to eject the battery pack. Battery SB-P120A (1200mAh) SB-P190A (1900mAh) [ Notes ] ✤ Clean the terminals to remove foreign substances before inserting the battery pack. ✤ If the Sports Camcorder will not be in use for a while, remove the battery pack from the Sports Camcorder. 插入電池組 將電池組向紋溝滑動直到卡入。 退出電池組 拉動電池退出閂以退出電池組。 電池 SB-P120A (1200mAh) SB-P190A (1900mAh) [ 附註 ] ✤ 插入電池組之前,請清潔終端以去除雜質。 ✤ 如果您有一段時間不使用運動攝錄放影機,請暫時將電池組卸下。 21 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 008~0321 21 2006-12-14 오후 1:44:12 ENGLISH How to Use the Battery Pack Maintaining the Battery Pack ✤ The battery pack should be recharged in an environment of between 32°F(0°C) and 104°F(40°C). ✤ The battery pack should never be charged in a room temperature that is below 32°F(0°C). ✤The life and capacity of the battery pack will be reduced if it is used in temperatures below 32°F(0°C) or left in temperatures above 104°F(40°C) for a long period. ✤ Do not put the battery pack near any heat sources (fire or flames, for example). ✤ Do not disassemble, process, press or heat the battery pack. ✤Do not allow the + and - terminals of the battery pack to be shortcircuited. It may cause leakage, heat generation, induce fire and overheating. ✤ It is recommended that you use the original Samsung battery pack that is available at the retailer where you purchased the Sports Camcorder. ✤ In case of notable reduction in operating time, contact your nearest Samsung service centre to replace the exhausted battery pack. Continuous recording time based on battery type If you close the LCD screen, it switches off automatically. The continuous recording times given in the table below are approximations. Actual recording time depends on usage. Continuous Recording Time LCD monitor ON LCD monitor OFF SB-P120A (1200mAh) Approx. 1hr. 20min. Approx. 1hr. 40min. SB-P190A (1900mAh) Approx. 2hr. 30min. Approx. 2hr. 50min. Battery Time [ Warning ] ✤ When you eject the battery pack from the Sports Camcorder, hold the battery pack to prevent it from dropping to the floor. [ Notes ] ✤ Prepare an extra battery if you use the Sports Camcorder outdoors. ✤ Contact a Samsung retailer to purchase a new battery pack. ✤ If you zoom in or out, the recording time becomes shorter. ✤ The Continuous Recording Time' listed is approximate and is affected by functions such as zooming. 22 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 008~0322 22 如何使用電池組 保養電池組 ✤ 電池組的充電環境應介於 32°F(0°C) 及 104°F(40°C) 之間。 ✤ 切勿在室溫低於 32°F(0°C) 的環境下充電。 ✤如果將電池組在溫度低於 32°F(0°C) 的環境中使用或放在溫度高 於 104°F(40°C) 的環境中一段時間,電池組的壽命和容量將會減 少。 ✤ 請勿讓電池組接近熱源(例如火或火焰)。 ✤ 請勿拆開、處理、擠壓或加熱電池組。 ✤請勿讓電池組的正極和負極端形成短路。這可能導致電池組漏液、 發熱,引起過熱或火災。 ✤ 建議使用您購買運動攝錄放影機之零售商售賣的原廠 Samsung 電池 組。 ✤ 如果在使用時電量明顯降低,請與離您最近的 Samsung 服務中心聯 繫,更換電量耗盡的電池包。 各種電池類型的連續錄製時間 如果您關閉了 LCD 螢幕,它將自動關閉。 下表提供的連續錄製時間為大約數字。實際的錄製時間視使用情況而 定。 時間 電池 SB-P120A (1200mAh) SB-P190A (1900mAh) 連續錄製時間 開啟 LCD 關閉背光 約 1 小時20 分鐘 約 1 小時40 分鐘 約 2 小時30 分鐘 約 2 小時50 分鐘 [ 警告 ] ✤ 從運動攝錄放影機退出電池組時,請小心握住電池組以免掉落地面。 [ 附註 ] ✤ 如果要在室外使用運動攝錄放影機,請多準備一個電池。 ✤ 聯繫 Samsung 零售商購買新的電池組。 ✤ 如果使用放大或縮小功能,錄製時間將縮短。 ✤ 列出的「連續錄製時間」是大約時間,會因使用如縮放等功能而受 影響。 2006-12-14 오후 1:44:13 ENGLISH How to Use the Battery Pack 如何使用電池組 Battery Level Display 電池容量顯示 The Battery Level Display shows the amount of battery power remaining in the battery pack. Battery Level Indicator State 720i 60~80% used - -F - 80~95% used Recording... S Exhausted(flickers) The device will soon turn off. Change the Battery Pack as soon as possible. (flickers) 12:00AM 2006/01/01 Sepia Charge indicator - Charging time based on battery type Capacity 訊息 - 使用 60~80% - 使用 80~95% - 耗盡(閃爍) 裝置即將關閉。 請即刻更換電池組 - 「電池電 量不足」 電池識別提示 DC IN Tips for Battery Identification using AC power Adapter Approx. 1hr. 50min Approx. 3hr. 20min 狀態 完全充電 使用 20~40% 使用 40~60% (閃爍) 裝置將於 5 秒鐘後強迫關閉。 “Low battery” If the battery has been fully charged, the charge indicator is green. If you are charging the battery, the colour of the charge indicator is orange. The charge indicator flickers if the battery is abnormal. SB-P120A (1200mAh) SB-P190A (1900mAh) 電池容量指示 Message STBY 00:00:00:00:40:05 Fully charged 20~40% used 40~60% used The device will be forced to turn off after 5 seconds. 電池容量顯示可指出電池組的剩餘電量。 如果電池已完全充電,電池指示是綠色。 如果電池正在充電,充電指示的顏色是橙色。 如果電池出現異狀,電池指示會閃爍。 各種電池類型的充電時間 using USB cable Approx. 3hr. 40min Approx. 6hr. 20min [ Notes ] ✤ You may charge your Sports Camcorder by connecting it to a PC with the USB cable. ✤ You may not charge via USB if the power is on. ✤ The charging time with the USB cable may differ depending on the PC. 容量 SB-P120A (1200mAh) SB-P190A (1900mAh) 使用交流電變壓器 約 1 小時50 分鐘 約 3 小時20 分鐘 使用 USB 纜線 約 3 小時40 分鐘 約 6 小時20 分鐘 [ 附註 ] ✤ 您可以使用 USB 纜線將運動攝錄放影機連接到電腦充電。 ✤ 如果電源開啟,請勿使用 USB 充電。 ✤ 依據電腦的不同,使用 USB 纜線充電的時間會有不同。 23 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 008~0323 23 2006-12-14 오후 2:09:13 ENGLISH How to Use the Battery Pack 如何使用電池組 Charging the Battery Pack 電池組充電 DC IN jack Connecting the USB Cable VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 008~0324 24 USB [ 附註 ] ✤ 若情況允許您可以在室內使用運動 攝錄放影機時利用交流電變壓器供 電。 USB MMC/SD MMC/SD USB MMC/SD USB port MMC/SD 24 [ Warning ] ✤ It is recommended you fully charge the battery pack before use. ✤You should only charge the battery in an environment between 32°F and 104°F. ✤ If ambient temperature is too low when charging, the battery may take a long time to fully charge, or may not charge completely and the green indicator will not turn on. ✤ Before connecting the cable, make sure that you don’t have any foreign substances between connectors. USB [ Note ] ✤ You may use the Sports Camcorder powered by the AC Power Adapter indoors where available. 1. 按下 [POWER] 按鈕關閉運動攝錄 放影機。 ◆ 使用 USB 線纜時,務必要關閉 電源。 2. 將電池組插入裝置。 3. 打開裝置的連接器蓋。 4. 使用交流電變壓器或 USB 纜線為 電池組充電。 正確連接交流電變壓器和 交流電變 運動攝錄放影機,並且將 壓器 交流電變壓器插入牆上插 座。 正確連接 USB 纜線和運動 USB 纜線 攝錄放影機,並且將另一 頭連接電腦的 USB 連接 埠。 USB Connect the AC Power with the Sports AC Power Adapter and plug the Adapter Camcorder AC Power Adapter to the wall outlet. Connect the USB Cable with the Sports USB Cable Camcorder and connect the other side to a USB port on your PC Connecting the AC Power Adapter MMC/SD 1. Turn off the Sports Camcorder by pressing the [POWER] button. ◆ Make sure you turn the power off when using the USB cable. 2. Insert the battery pack to the unit. 3. Open the connector cover of the unit. 4. Charge the battery pack by using AC Power Adapter or USB Cable. [ 警告 ] ✤ 建議在使用之前為電池組完全充 電。 ✤您應該只在溫度介於 32°F 和 104°F 的環境中為電池充電。 ✤ 充電時若環境溫度太低,可能需要 長時間才能完全充電,或者可能電 池不會完全充電。此情況下,綠色 指示燈不會亮起。 ✤ 連接纜線之前,請確定連接器之間 沒有任何異物。 2006-12-14 오후 1:44:16 ENGLISH Getting Started 使用入門 The LED Colour LED 色彩 The LED Colour indicates the power or charge status. LED 色彩表示電源或充電狀態。 Recording / Charging Indicator LED Colour Red Orange Green During During Recording Charging Recording <Movie and Voice recorder mode> Charging Fully Charged 錄製/充電指示器 Recording / Charging Indicator 錄製期間 充電期間 紅色 錄製中 <影片和語音模式> - 橙色 - 正在充電 綠色 - 完全充電 電源指示器 Power On DC IN Power Indicator LED Colour Blue LCD 色彩 LCD 色彩 電源 藍色 開啟 Before You Start Operating the Sports Camcorder 開始操作運動攝錄放影機之前 Before using the Sports Camcorder, refer to this page for easy operation. The memory card is not supplied. 使用運動攝錄放影機之前,請先參閱本頁幫助您操作更容易。未提供記 憶卡。 1. Insert the battery pack and the memory card into the Memory Card slot. ➥page 33 2. Charge the battery pack by directly connecting the AC Power Adapter to the Sports Camcorder. ➥page 24 3. Press the [POWER] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. 4. Select the desired mode by pressing the [MODE] button. 5. Press the [Record / Stop] button to start recording a movie / voice. 6. When finished, press the [POWER] button to turn the Sports Camcorder off. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 插入電池組和將記憶卡插入記憶卡插槽。➥第 33 頁 將交流電變壓器連接運動攝錄放影機為電池組充電。➥第 24 頁 按下 [POWER] 按鈕以開啟運動攝錄放影機。 按下 [MODE] 按鈕以選擇想要的模式。 按 [Record / Stop] 按鈕以開始錄製影片 / 声聲音。 完成時,按下 [POWER] 按鈕以關閉運動攝錄放影機。 25 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 008~0325 25 2006-12-19 오후 2:35:03 Movie Movie Movie Movie ENGLISH Getting Started 使用入門 MP3 Using the Mode button 使用模式按鈕 The [MODE] button is used to change the MP3 Sports Camcorder mode. Voice Recorder Available modes are Movie, Mp3, Voice Recorder, File Browser and System Settings. Voice Recorder 模式按鈕用來變更運動攝錄放影機的模式。可用的模式有影片、Mp3、 MP3 錄音機、檔案瀏覽器和系統設定。 設定模式 按下 [MODE] 按鈕設定想要的模式。File Browser Voice Recorder Movie 運動攝錄放影機切換到指定的模式。 Setting the Mode Set the desired mode by pressingVoice theRecorder [MODE] button. Movie Browser Movie The Sports Camcorder switches to theFiledesignated mode. Movie Functions of Each Mode 每個模式的功能 Movie mode You can record and play movie files. Movie Mp3 mode You can play back MP3 files. MP3 MP3 File Browser mode You can delete, lock, copy the file and view file information. File Browser System Settings Voice recorder mode You can record System Settings and listen to voice files. Voice Recorder MP3 Voice Recorder MP3 System Settings mode Using this mode, you can set / adjust settings regarding the LCD display, Date / Time, Reset and Memory management. 檔案瀏覽器模式 您可以刪除、鎖 定、複製檔案和檢 視檔案資訊。 Mp3 模式 系統設定模式 您可以使用此模 您可以播放 System Settings 式來設定/調整關 mp3 檔案。 於 LCD 顯示器、 日期/時間、重設以及記憶體管理 的設定值。 語音錄製模式 System Settings 您可以錄製和 聽取語音檔案。 影片模式 您可以錄製和播 放影片檔案。 Movie MP3 MP3 Voice Recorder MP3 Voice Recorder File Browser Voice FileRecorder Browser File Browser File Browser Voice Recorder File Browser Power Saving Function The LCD monitor is turned off after a certain period of time has passed (see below) in each mode in order to prevent unnecessary battery power consumption. Press any button to go back and turn on the LCD monitor. 省電功能模式 於每個模式下 LCD 顯示器在一段時間後(見下方)會關閉,以避免 電池電力不必要地消耗。 File Browser 按下任何按鈕返回並開啟 LCD 顯示器。 File Browser Mode Movie MP3 Time 10 min. 30 sec. Voice recorder 30 sec. System Settings File Browser 30 sec. System Settings 60 sec. USB 模式 影片 MP3 60 sec. System Settings 10 分鐘 30 秒鐘 時間 System Settings 檔案瀏覽 系統 器 設定 30 秒鐘 30 秒鐘 60 秒鐘 語音 USB 60 秒鐘 26 System Settings System Settings System Settings VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 008~0326 26 2006-12-14 오후 1:44:18 ENGLISH Getting Started 使用入門 Using the Function button 使用功能按鈕 The Function button is used to make a selection, move the cursor, select the functions and exit from the menu. 功能按鈕用於進行選擇、移動游標、選擇功能以及結束選單。 使用功能按鈕 Using the Function button Button Recording Zoom out (▲) Playing Multi-Play screen /Play List Zoom in (▼) - 按鈕 Play/Pause Recording Change from play to record mode. 播放 縮小 (▲) 多重播放畫面 / 播放列表 放大 (▼) - 從錄製模式切 換到播放模式 播放/暫停 錄製 從播放模式切 換到錄製模式 Move Upwards Move Left Confirm Selection Change from record to play mode. 錄製 Function button Select menu Move Right Move Downwards 使用搖桿 ✤ The joystick is used to make a selection, move the cursor, select functions, and exit from the menu. 1. Move the cursor left / right by moving the [joystick]. 2. Move the cursor up / down by moving the [joystick]. ◆ You can adjust the volume by moving the [joystick] (up / down) in Movie / Mp3 / Voice recorder playback modes 3. Confirm your selection by pressing the [joystick(OK)]. ✤ 搖桿用於進行選擇、移動游標、選擇功能以及結束選單。 1. 移動 [joystick] 以向左或向右移動游標。 2. 移動 [joystick] 以向上或向下移動游標。 ◆ 您可以在影片/Mp3/錄音 機播放模式下,移動 [joystick](上/下) 來調整音量。 3. 按下 [joystick(OK)] 確認您的選擇。 Using the Joystick Using the MENU button 使用選單按鈕 1. Set the desired mode by pressing the [MODE] button. 2. Press the [MENU] button. 3. Move the cursor by moving the [joystick] up / down / left / right to select desired menu item, and then press the [joystick(OK)] to confirm. 4. Press the [MENU] button to finish. 1. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕以設定想要的模式。 2. 按下 [MENU] 按鈕。 3. 向上/下/左/右移動 [joystick] 選擇想要的選單項目,然後按下 [joystick(OK)] 確定。 4. 按下 [MENU] 按鈕以完成。 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 008~0327 27 27 2006-12-14 오후 1:44:19 ENGLISH Getting Started 使用入門 Using the Display button 使用顯示按鈕 Each press of the [DISPLAY] button toggles the OSD indicator on and off. 每按一下 [DISPLAY] 按鈕即可在開啟和關閉 OSD 指示器間切換。 1. Open the LCD monitor. 2. Press the [Power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. ◆ You can select Movie Mode or Previous Mode as the Start-up mode in System Settings. ➥page 83 3. Press the [DISPLAY] button. 1. 打開 LCD 顯示器。 2. 按下 [Power] 按鈕以開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片畫面顯示。 ◆ 您可以選擇影片模式或 之前模式作為系統設定的起始模式。 ➥第 83 頁 3. 按下 [DISPLAY] 按鈕。 If you press the [DISPLAY] button in Movie mode ✤ Once : All indicators will disappear on the screen. ✤ Twice : The LCD monitor turns off. ✤ 3 times : It returns to the initial screen. [ Note ] ✤ Above description applies to the Movie mode. ✤ 一次:所有指示器會在螢幕上消失。 ✤ 兩次:背景光將會熄滅。 ✤ME三次:將會返回到初始畫面。 NU Y DISPLA VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 008~0328 28 [ 附註 ] ✤ 以上描述適用於 MP3/錄音機/檔案瀏覽器/系 統設定模式。 ? ERROR Using the Delete button 28 ✤ 一次:背光燈將會熄滅。 ✤ 兩次:將會返回到初始畫面。 DISPLAY DELETE button button OK 如果您在其他模式中按下 [DISPLAY] 按鈕 DC IN 100-0001 Move The [DELETE] button is used to delete saved files. ◆ <OK>: The selected file is deleted. ◆ <Multi Select>: The selected files will be deleted. ◆ <All>: All files will be deleted. ◆ <Cancel>: Cancels deletion. [ 附註 ] DE ✤MO上面的說明適用於「影片」模式。 DELETE HOLD If you press the [DISPLAY] button in another mode ✤ Once : The LCD monitor turns off. ✤ Twice : It returns to the initial screen. [ Note ] ✤ Above description applies to the MP3/Voice Recorder/File Browser/System Settings mode. W 如果在「影片」模式下按 T [DISPLAY] 按鈕 Play 使用刪除按鈕 100-0003 OK Multi Select All Cancel Move OK ? [DELETE] 按鈕用以刪除儲存的檔案。 ◆ <OK>:選定的檔案將會刪除。 ◆ <Multi Select>:選擇的檔案將會刪除。 ◆ <All>:所有的檔案將會刪除。 ◆ <Cancel>:取消刪除。 ERROR Select 2006-12-14 오후 1:44:22 ENGLISH Getting Started 使用入門 Structure of the Folders and Files 資料夾和檔案結構 The movie, music, voice files and so forth files are stored within the recording medium as below. 影片、音樂、聲音檔案和其它檔案按如下所示存儲在錄制介質中。 [ Notes ] ✤ Refer to page 32 for details about the memory card. ✤ You can store general data in the [MISC] folder. ✤ You can store up to 9,999 files and 999 folders. ✤ SMOV✽✽✽✽.AVI: Movie file SWAV✽✽✽✽.WAV: Voice file ✽✽✽✽✽✽✽✽.MP3: MP3 file ✤ You can freely change the file or folder names in the MUSIC folder on your PC. ✤Movie files made on other manufacturers' equipment may not play on this Sports Camcorder. [ Warning ] ✤Do not turn the power off while recording, playing, erasing files or formatting. ✤Turn the power off before you insert or eject the memory card to avoid losing data. ✤Save important files separately. ✤Memory cards are made with precision technology. They are sensitive and vulnerable to electric shock, temperature and humidity. Be cautious with handling them to avoid losing data. ✤Damaged data may not be recovered, and SAMSUNG is not responsible for lost data. Make sure to back up important files on your PC separately. MP3 file Movie file [ 附註 ] ✤ 請參閱第 32 頁有關記憶卡的詳細資 訊。 ✤ 可以將一般資料存儲在 [MISC] 資料 夾中。 ✤ 最多可儲存 9,999 個檔案和 999 個 資料夾。 ✤ SMOV✽✽✽✽.AVI:影片檔案 SWAV✽✽✽✽.WAV:語音檔案 ✽✽✽✽✽✽✽✽.MP3:MP3 檔案 ✤ 您可以自由變更音樂資料夾中的檔 案或資料夾名稱。 ✤其他製造商設備製作的影片檔案可 能無法在此運動攝錄放影機播放。 [ 警告 ] ✤錄製、播放和刪除檔案以及格式化 時,請勿關閉電源。 ✤請在插入或退出記憶卡之前關閉電 Voice file 源以免遺失資料。 ✤請將重要檔案分開儲存備份。 ✤記憶卡以精密科技製作。對電擊、 溫度與濕度非常敏感和易受損害。 因此請小心處理該記憶卡以避免遺 失其中儲存的資料。 ✤損毀的資料可能無法恢復。SAMSUNG 不對資料的遺失承擔任何責 任。請確定將重要檔案個別備份到電腦中。 29 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 008~0329 29 2006-12-14 오후 1:44:23 ENGLISH Getting Started 使用入門 Recording Time and Capacity 錄製時間與容量 Movie Record Time Media Capacity SD/MMC 32MB 64MB 128MB 256MB 512MB 1GB 2GB Fine 352p approx. 2min. approx. 4min. approx. 7min. approx. 17min. approx. 32min. approx. 65min. approx. 130min. 720i/720p approx. 1min. 20sec. approx. 3min. approx. 4min. approx. 11min. approx. 21min. approx. 43min. approx. 86min. 影片錄製時間 Super Fine 352p approx. 1min. 20sec. approx. 3min. approx. 4min. approx. 11min. approx. 21min. approx. 43min. approx. 86min. 720i/720p approx. 50sec. approx. 2min. approx. 3min. approx. 7min. approx. 14min. approx. 29min. approx. 58min. Normal 352p 720i/720p approx. 4min. approx. 2min. approx. 7min. approx. 4min. approx. 17min. approx. 7min. approx. 32min. approx. 17min. approx. 65min. approx. 32min. approx. 131min. approx. 65min. approx. 262min. approx. 130min. [ Notes ] ✤ The recording time and capacity is an approximation. ✤The recording times shown are maximum figures based on using one function. In actual use, using more than one function will reduce the capacity of each. ✤The compressibility is changed automatically depending on the recorded movies. The maximum recording time and capacity can be changed in ‘Movie Record’. ✤The Sports camcorder supports 2GB memory cards and lower. Any card above 2GB may not record or play properly. ✤ If you record movie files at Normal(352/720) quality to a memory card, the recording time increases but the movie may have lower quality than other levels. ✤The recording time and capacity may vary if a bad sector(section) is generated when you record movie files to a memory card. 超精細 媒體 容量 SD/MMC 32MB 64MB 128MB 256MB 512MB 1GB 2GB 352p 約 1 分鐘20 秒 約 3 分鐘 約 4 分鐘 約 11分鐘 約 21 分鐘 約 43 分鐘 約 86 分鐘 720i/720p 約 1 分鐘20 秒 約 3 分鐘. 約 4 分鐘. 約 11 分鐘. 約 21分鐘. 約 43 分鐘. 約 86 分鐘. 352p 約 4 分鐘. 約 7 分鐘. 約 17 分鐘. 約 32 分鐘. 約 65 分鐘. 約 131 分鐘. 約 262 分鐘. 精細 352p 約 2 分鐘. 約 4 分鐘. 約 7 分鐘. 約 17 分鐘. 約 32 分鐘. 約 65 分鐘. 約 130 分鐘. 720i/720p 約 50 秒. 約 2 分鐘. 約 3 分鐘. 約 7 分鐘. 約 14 分鐘. 約 29 分鐘. 約 58 分鐘. 正常 720i/720p 約 2 分鐘. 約 4 分鐘. 約 7 分鐘. 約 17 分鐘. 約 32 分鐘. 約 65 分鐘. 約 130 分鐘. [ 附註 ] ✤ 錄製時間和容量皆為約略值。 ✤顯示的錄製時間為是在使用單一功能下的最大數值。 在實際應用中,使用超過一種功能將減少各種的容量。 ✤壓縮性會根據錄製影像自動變更。最大錄製時間和容量可在「影片 錄製」中變更。 ✤運動攝錄放影機支援 2GB 及以下的記憶卡。任何超過 2GB 的記憶卡 可能無法正常錄製或播放。 ✤ 如果以 Normal(352/720) 質量將影片檔案錄制到記憶卡,錄制時間會 增長,而影片質量比其它級別還要低。 ✤錄製影片檔案至記憶卡時如果產生不良區段(部分 ),錄製時間和 容量可能會有差異。 30 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 008~0330 30 2006-12-14 오후 1:44:23 ENGLISH Getting Started 使用入門 Number of MP3 files that can be saved Media SD/MMC Capacity 32MB 64MB 128MB 256MB 512MB 1GB 2GB 可儲存的 MP3 檔案數 MP3 files approx. 8files approx. 16files approx. 32files approx. 64files approx. 128files approx. 256files approx. 512files Voice Record Time Media SD/MMC 媒體 SD/MMC 容量 32MB 64MB 128MB 256MB 512MB 1GB 2GB MP3 檔案 約 8 個檔案 約 16 個檔案 約 32 個檔案 約 64 個檔案 約 128 個檔案 約 256 個檔案 約 512 個檔案 容量 32MB 64MB 128MB 256MB 512MB 1GB 2GB 時間 約 1 小時. 約 2 小時. 約 4 小時. 約 8 小時. 約 17 小時. 約 35 小時. 約 70 小時. 語音錄製時間 Capacity 32MB 64MB 128MB 256MB 512MB 1GB 2GB Time approx. 1hr. approx. 2hr. approx. 4hr. approx. 8hr. approx. 17hr. approx. 35hr. approx. 70hr. [ Notes ] ✤ Number of MP3 files that can be saved is based on 128Kbps sampling / 4MB size. ✤ Capacity may vary depending on file size. ✤ You must only format the memory card on the Sports Camcorder. ➥page 75 ✤ Do not format the memory card on your PC. ✤ The recordable time and number of files are maximum figures based on using one function. In actual use, using more than one function will reduce the capacity of each. ✤ While saving to a memory card, recording may stop and a message will appear saying <Low speed card. Please record at lower quality.> It is because the writing speed of the memory card is slow. We recommended using a Memory Card of 1.25MB/sec or greater. 媒體 SD/MMC [ 附註 ] ✤ 可儲存的 MP3 檔案數以 128Kbps 取樣/4MB 大小為依據。 ✤ 容量可能根據檔案大小而有所不同。 ✤ 您僅可以運動攝錄放影機上格式化記憶卡。➥第 75 頁 ✤ 請勿在您的電腦上格式化記憶卡。 ✤ 可錄製的時間和檔案數是使用單一功能下的最大數值。 在實際應用中,使用超過一種功能將減少各種的容量。 ✤ 儲存至記憶卡時,錄製可能停止並且會顯示一則訊息:<Low speed card. Please record at lower quality.>(低速卡。請以較低品質錄製。) 這是由於記憶卡的寫入速度較慢。建議使用 1.25MB/秒或更高的記 憶卡。 31 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 008~0331 31 2006-12-14 오후 1:44:24 ENGLISH Getting Started 使用入門 Using a Memory card (SD/MMC) (not supplied) 使用記憶卡 (SD/MMC)(未提供) ✤ Samsung is not responsible for data loss due to misuse. ✤ Turning the power off / ejecting the memory card during memory operation such as formatting, deleting, recording, and playback may damage the data. ✤ You may modify the name of a file / folder stored in the memory card using a PC. The Sports Camcorder may not recognize modified files. ✤ It is recommended that you power off before inserting or ejecting the memory card to avoid losing data. ✤ It is not guaranteed that you may use a memory card formatted on other devices. Be sure to format your memory card using the Sports Camcorder. ✤ Save important files separately on other media, such as floppy disk, hard disk, or CD. ✤ You have to format newly-purchased memory cards, memory cards that the Sports Camcorder cannot recognize or the cards that have data saved by other devices. ✤ A memory card has a certain life span. If you use it for a long time, you may not be able to record new data. In this case, you have to purchase a new memory card. ✤ Do not bend, drop, or apply a strong impact to the memory card. ✤ Do not use or store in a hot, dusty or humid environment. ✤ Do not allow foreign substances on the memory card terminals. Use a soft dry cloth to clean the terminals if required. ✤ Use a memory card case to avoid losing data from moving and static electricity. ✤ After a period of use, the memory card may get warm. This is normal and not a malfunction. ✤ Damaged data may not be recovered, and SAMSUNG is not responsible for the lost data. Make sure to back up important files separately on a PC. ✤ miniSD/RS-MMC cards must be inserted in a special card adapter in order to be used. ✤ Be sure to insert miniSD/RS-MMC cards in the dedicated card adapter before use. Inserting a card in the Sports Camcorder without the adapter may damage the Sports Camcorder or the card. ✤ Do not insert an empty card adapter in the Sports Camcorder. Do not leave the adapter in the Sports Camcorder while inserting or removing miniSD/RS-MMC cards. This may Terminals cause the Sports Camcorder to malfunction. ✤ Samsung 不負責由於誤用所造成的資料遺失。 ✤ 在記憶體操作(如格式化、刪除、錄製及播放)期間,關閉電源/取 出記憶卡可能會損毀資料。 ✤ 您可以使用電腦修改儲存在記憶卡中的檔案/資料夾名稱。運動攝錄 放影機可能無法辨識修改後的檔案。 ✤ 插入或退出記憶卡之前,建議您關閉電源以免遺失資料。 ✤ 不保證您可以使用在其他裝置上格式化的記憶卡。請確定使用運動 攝錄放影機格式化您的記憶卡。 ✤ 分開儲存重要的檔案於其他媒體,如磁片、硬碟或光碟片上。 ✤ 新買的記憶卡、有運動攝錄放影機無法識別資料的記憶卡、或有使 用其他裝置儲存資料的記憶卡都需要格式化。 ✤ 記憶卡具有特定使用壽命。如果您長時間使用它,您可能無法錄製 新的資料。在此情況下,您需要購買新的記憶卡。 ✤ 請不要將記憶卡彎折、掉落或使它受到強大的撞擊。 ✤ 請勿在炎熱、多塵或潮濕的環境中使用。 ✤ 切勿讓記憶卡的終端積聚異物。如有必要,用乾燥的軟布來清潔終 端。 ✤ 使用記憶卡盒避免因移動和靜電而遺失資料。 ✤ 記憶卡在使用一段時間之後可能會變熱。這是正常現象,並非故 障。 ✤ 損毀的資料可能無法恢復,但 SAMSUNG 並不會對遺失的資料承擔 任何責任。請確定將重要檔案個別備份到電腦中。 ✤ miniSD/RS-MMC 卡使用時必須插入一個特殊的記憶卡配接器。 ✤ 使用前請確定將 miniSD/RS-MMC 卡插入專用的記憶卡配接器。未使 用記憶卡配接器就將記憶卡插入運動攝錄放影機中,可能會損害運 動攝錄放影機或記憶卡。 ✤ 請勿插入空白的記憶卡配接器至運動攝錄放影 機。插入或移除 miniSD/RS-MMC 記憶卡時,請勿 將記憶卡配接器留在運動攝錄放影機中。這可能 導致運動攝錄放影機故障。 * 1GB = 1,000,000,000bytes; actual formatted capacity may be less as the internal firmware uses a portion of the memory. 32 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 008~0332 32 Protection Tab * 1GB = 1,000,000,000 字節;實際格式化後容量可能會 小一些,因為內部韌體使用了一部分記憶體。 Label <SD/MMC> 2006-12-20 오후 1:16:31 ENGLISH Getting Started 使用入門 Inserting / Ejecting the memory card (SD/MMC) (not supplied) 插入/退出記憶卡 (SD/MMC)(未提供) This camcorder can use SD memory cards and MMC (Multi Media Cards). Some cards are not compatible according to the memory card manufacturer and memory card type. 此攝錄放影機可以使用 SD 記憶卡和 MMC (Multi Media Cards)。 視記憶卡制造商和記憶卡類型的不同,某些卡可能不兼容。 Inserting a memory card USB MMC/SD 插入記憶卡 1. 打開前蓋。 2. 將記憶卡插入插槽直到輕輕卡入。 3. 關閉前蓋。 SDMemoryCard MMC/SD 3. Close the Front cover. Label pasting portion SDMemoryCard 2. Insert the memory card into the memory card slot until it softly clicks. USB 1. Open the Front cover. STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 720i F S Externalmemoryinserted. Doyouwanttochange memorytoexternal? OK Cancel STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 720i Ejecting a memory card 退出記憶卡 1. Open the Front cover. F S Externalmemoryinserted. Doyouwanttochange memorytoexternal? OK Cancel 1. 打開前蓋。 2. Slightly push the memory card inwards to pop it out. USB 2. 輕輕地將記憶卡向內推使它彈出。 SDMemoryCard MMC/SD SDMemoryCard USB MMC/SD 3. 將記憶卡拉出記憶卡插槽並關閉前蓋。 3. Pull the memory card out of the memory card slot and close the Front cover. 33 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 008~0333 33 2006-12-14 오후 1:44:25 ENGLISH 1 Movie Mode Recording......................................................................................35 Recording................................................................................35 Zooming In and Out................................................................36 Playing...........................................................................................37 Playing Movie files on the LCD monitor................................37 Playing Multiple Movie Files...................................................38 Setting the Recording Options...................................................40 Setting the Movie Size............................................................40 Setting the Movie Quality........................................................41 Setting the White Balance......................................................42 Setting the Program AE (Programmed Auto Exposure)........43 Setting the Effect.....................................................................44. Setting the EIS (Electronic Image Stabilizer).........................45. Setting the Focus....................................................................46. Setting the BLC (Backlight Compensation)............................47. Setting the Digital Zoom.........................................................48. Setting the Record mode........................................................49. Setting the Line In/Out............................................................50 Setting the Viewing Options........................................................51 Deleting Movie Files................................................................51 Setting the Play mode.............................................................52 Locking Movie Files................................................................53 錄製....................................................................................................35 錄製.............................................................................................35 放大和縮小..................................................................................36 播放....................................................................................................37 在 LCD 顯示器播放影片檔案.......................................................37 播放多個影片檔案.......................................................................38 設定錄製選項......................................................................................40 設定影片大小..............................................................................40 設定影片品質..............................................................................41 設定白平衡..................................................................................42 設定程序自動曝光.......................................................................43 設定效果.....................................................................................44 設定電子防手震功能...................................................................45 設定焦距.....................................................................................46 設定背光補償..............................................................................47 設定數位縮放..............................................................................48 設定錄製模式..............................................................................49 設定訊號輸入/輸出......................................................................50 設定檢視選項......................................................................................51 刪除影片檔案..............................................................................51 設定播放模式..............................................................................52 鎖定影片檔案..............................................................................53 W W ◆ Save important data / recordings separately on other media, to T avoid accidental loss due to a system failure or other reasons. ◆ 將重要資料/錄製內容另外儲存於其他媒體,避免由於系統故障或其 T 他原因導致資料意外遺失。 How to set to Movie mode 如何設定影片模式 STBY 00:00:00:00:40:05 Power button Recording... E S Sepia 1. Press the [POWER] button to turn 2. The Movie Record screen appears. on the Sports Camcorder. DC IN 34 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 008~0334 34 Recording... MOD E 12:00AM 2006/01/01 HOLD DISPLAY F E MOD DELET 720i 電源按鈕 F E STBY 00:00:00:00:40:05 U MEN 720i DISPLAY DELET S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 1. 按下 [POWER] 按鈕以開啟運動攝錄 放影機。 DC IN U MEN 影片模式 HOLD 1 Sepia 2. 影片 錄製畫面顯示。 2006-12-20 오후 7:00:20 ENGLISH Movie Mode : Recording 影片模式:錄製 Recording 錄製 You can record movies and store it in the memory card. Refer to the page 92 for recording video using the External Camera Module. (VP-X300L only) 您可以錄製視訊並將它儲存到記憶體。 請參閱第 92 頁有關使用外接式相機模組錄製視訊的詳情。 (僅適用於 VP-X300L) 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. ◆ You can select Movie mode or Previous mode as the start-up mode in System Settings. ➥page 83 2. Press [Record/Stop] button to start recording. ◆ [ ● ] indicator displays on the LCD monitor. ◆ The elapsed and remaining times are displayed and the Sports Camcorder starts recording. 3. Press the [Record/Stop] button again to stop STBY 00:00:00:00:40:05 recording. ◆ 720i The Sports Camcorder stops recording. 4. After Frecording, press the [POWER] button to turn off the Sports Camcorder to prevent battery power consumption. Recording... Reading the Counter 1 F F F 720i Recording... Recording... Recording... S S S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 2006/01/01 12:00AM 12:00AM 2006/01/01 Sepia Sepia Sepia 00:00:02:00:40:03 00:00:02:00:40:03 00:00:02:00:40:03 2 ◆ The timestamp will be recorded along with the movie toS enable faster searching. 3 ◆ 12:00AM Elapsed 2006/01/01 time RemainingSepia time 00:00:02:00:40:03 00:00:00:00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00:00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00:00:40:05 STBY 720i 720i 720i 720i 720i 720i F F F Recording... Recording... Recording... S S S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 12:00AM 2006/01/01 12:00AM 2006/01/01 720i 720i 720i F F F STBY 00:00:02:00:40:03 STBY 00:00:02:00:40:03 00:00:02:00:40:03 STBY Sepia Sepia Sepia 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 ◆ 您可以選擇影片模式或 之前模式作為系統設定 的起始模式。➥第 83 頁 2. 按 [Record/Stop] 按鈕開始錄製。 ◆ [ ● ] 指示器顯示於 LCD 顯示器。 ◆ 經過和剩餘時間顯示,運動攝錄放影機開始錄 製。 3. 再次按下 [Record/Stop] 按鈕即可停止錄製。 00:00:00:00:40:05 STBY ◆ 運動攝錄放影機停止錄製。 720i 4. 錄製後,按下 [POWER] 按鈕關閉運動攝錄放影機 F 避免電池耗電。 Recording... 讀取計數器 ◆ 時間戳記將隨影片一同被錄製,以利進行更快 S 速的搜尋。 ◆ 12:00AM 2006/01/01 Sepia 經過時間 剩餘時間 Recording... Recording... Recording... 00:00:02:00:40:03 720i S [ Notes ] F S F S 2006/01/01 Sepia ✤ If the Auto Shut Off is set, the Sports Camcorder turns 12:00AM Recording... 12:00AM 2006/01/01 Sepia 12:00AM 2006/01/01 Sepia Recording... off automatically after 5 minutes. ✤ Detach the battery pack when you finish recording to prevent unnecessary [ 附註 ] ✤ 如果設定自動關閉,運動攝錄放影機會於 5 分鐘後自動關閉。 battery power consumption. ✤ 完成錄製時請取出電池組,以避免不必要的電池耗電。 ✤ To adjust the LCD screen brightness, set the <LCD Brightness> in S S System Settings mode. ➥page 77 Sepia ✤ 若要調整 LCD 畫面亮度,請在系統設定模式中設定 <LCD Brightness>。 12:00AM 2006/01/01 ✤ The LCD monitor brightness will not affect the brightness of the recording. 12:00AM 2006/01/01 Sepia ➥第 77 頁 ✤ If you are recording with the LCD monitor closed, the built-in ✤ LCD 顯示器亮度並不會影響錄製的亮度。 microphone will not be facing forward, which can cause deterioration STBY 00:00:02:00:40:03 ✤ 如果錄製時 LCD 面板朝外關閉,麥克風將被阻塞,導致聲訊強度的 of the sound strength. We recommend recording with the LCD screen STBY 00:00:02:00:40:03 open. 35 失真和噪音。請確定錄製時麥可風朝外不受阻塞。 720i 720i F Recording... VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 008~0335 35 S F Recording... 2006-12-14 오후 1:44:28 ENGLISH Movie Mode : Recording 影片模式:錄製 Zooming In and Out 放大和縮小 Zooming allows you to change the size of the subject captured in a scene. You can take advantage of the 10x optical electro motion zoom lens. 縮放功能可以讓您變更場景中拍攝物件的大小。 您可以充分利用 10 倍光學電子動作縮放鏡頭的優勢。 720i 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. ◆ You can select Movie mode or Previous mode as the start-up mode in System Settings. ➥page 83 720i 2. Press the [Record/Stop] button to start recording. S F 1.00:00:00/00:40:05 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 w ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 ◆ 您可以選擇影片模式或 之前模式作為系統設定的起始模式。 Recording... ➥第 83 頁 00:00:00/00:40:05 2. 按下 [Record/Stop] 按鈕開始錄製。 T w 1X 10X 1X F Slide the [W/T] switch up to zoom out. ● The subject’s size is reduced, and you can record movies as if you were far away from the subject. ● On the zoom indicator in the LCD screen, the arrow moves to W. ● The smallest rate of zoom out is the default rate (original resolution of the subject). Zoom Out 10X 1X 720i F w T S Recording... 12:00AM 2006/01/01 Sepia 10X T 00:00:02/00:40:03 720i S 1X F 12:00AM 2006/01/01 00:00:02/00:40:03 720i w Sepia 10X 1X 12:00AM 2006/01/01 00:00:02/00:40:03 Sepia 10X 1X 720i F w T S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 S 720i 12:00AM 2006/01/01 F 00:00:04/00:40:01 720i Zoom In SF Sepia 10X T 00:00:04/00:40:01 1X w Sepia 10X 1X 向上滑動 [W/T] 開關縮小物 件。 ● 拍攝的物件會縮小,拍攝 出的影片效果就像您在物 件遠方進行拍攝。 ● LCD 螢幕中的縮放指示器 上,箭頭會移到 W。 ● 縮小的最小速率是預設速率(物件的原始 解析度)。 T w SF Slide the [ W/T] switch down to zoom in. ● The subject is larger, and you can record movies as if you were close to the subject. ● On the zoom indicator the arrow moves to T. ● The largest optical zoom ratio is 10x. [ Notes ] ✤ Frequent use of zooming may result in higher battery power consumption. ✤ Optical zoom preserves the image quality. ✤ Refer to page 48 to read about Digital Zoom. 12:00AM 2006/01/01 Sepia Recording... 00:00:00/00:40:05 向下滑動 [ W/T] 開關放大物 件。 ● 拍攝的物件會放大,拍 攝出的影片效果就像您 在物件近處進行拍攝。 ● LCD 螢幕的縮放指示器 上,箭頭將移到 T。 ● 最大光學縮放率為 10。 w T [ 附註 ] ✤ 經常使用縮放功能會使電池耗電量增高。 ✤ 光學縮放可以保有影像品質。 w T ✤ 請參閱第 48 頁有關數位縮放的詳情。 12:00AM 2006/01/01 00:00:04/00:40:01 Sepia 720i F 10X 1X S 36 12:00AM 2006/01/01 Sepia 10X T S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 036~0536 36 Sepia 2006-12-14 오후 1:45:49 ENGLISH Movie Mode : Playing 影片模式:播放 Playing Movie files on the LCD monitor 在 LCD 顯示器播放影片檔案 You can view playback of movie files on the LCD monitor. 1 您可以在 LCD 螢幕上觀看影片播放。 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 720i 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 F 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. Recording... S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 2. Press the [PLAY] button or [Joystick(OK)]. ◆ Switches to Movie play mode. 2 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 720i 720i STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 00:00:00/00:05:20 720X576 F F 720i 3. Move the [joystick] left / right to find the movie file you want to view. ◆ E ach movement of the [joystick] goes to the previous/next movie. F Recording... Sepia [PLAY ] button Recording... Recording... S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 Sepia S S 00:00:00/00:05:20 720X480 4. Press the [PLAY] button or [Joystick(OK)] to play the movie file you want. ◆ Each time you press the [PLAY] button or [Joystick(OK)], play or pause is selected repeatedly. 100-0001 12:00AM 12:00AM 2006/01/01 2006/01/01 3 00:00:15/00:16:15 720X480 12:00AM 2006/01/01 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 036~0537 37 3. 向左 / 右移動 [joystick] 尋找您要檢視的影片檔 案。 ◆ 每 移動一下 [joystick] 就會移往前一個/下一個 影片。 Sepia Sepia 100-0001 00:00:00/00:05:20 00:00:00/00:05:20 00:00:15/00:16:15 4. 按下 [PLAY] 按鈕或 [Joystick(OK)] 播放您要的 影片檔案。 ◆ 每次按下 [PLAY] 按鈕或 [Joystick(OK)],會在播 放或暫停間重複選擇。 100-0004 [ Notes ] ✤ To adjust volume, move the [Joystick] up/down during playback. ✤ If there is no file stored to view, the message <No files...> appears. ✤ When the earphones, Audio / Video cable or *External Camera Module is connected to the Sports Camcorder, the built-in speaker will automatically turn off. *: VP-X300L only 720X576 720X576 720X576 2. 按下 [PLAY] 按鈕或 [Joystick(OK)]。 ◆ 切換到影片播放模式。 12:00AM 2006/01/01 4 720X576 720X576 100-0001 100-0001 100-0004 00:00:15/00:16:15 00:00:15/00:16:15 12:00AM 12:00AM 2006/01/01 2006/01/01 100-0004 100-0004 [ 附註 ] ✤ 若要調整音量,在播放時向上或向下移動 [Joystick]。 ✤ 如果沒有儲存的檔案可以檢視,訊息 <No files...> 會顯示。 ✤ 當運動攝錄放影機接上耳機音訊/視訊纜線或*外接 式相機模組時,內建喇叭將自動關閉。 *: 僅適用於 VP-X300L 37 2006-12-14 오후 1:45:51 ENGLISH Movie Mode : Playing 影片模式:播放 Playing Multiple Movie Files 播放多個影片檔案 Using the [W/T] switch in Movie Play mode, you can display multiple 在影片播放模式下使用 [W/T] 開關,您可以在 LCD 螢幕上顯示多個影 images on the LCD monitor. 像。 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 You can also select and play the desired movie file in a multi-view 您也可以在多重檢視畫面下選擇和播放想要的影片檔案。 720i STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 screen. 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 1 720i720i STBY 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 720i Recording... ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Recording... Recording... Recording... Sports Camcorder. S ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 12:00AM 2006/01/01 Sepia S 2. 按下 [PLAY] 按鈕或 [Joystick(OK)],並移動 [W/ S S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 Sepia 12:00AM Sepia T] 開關至 W。 12:00AM 2006/01/01 2006/01/01 Sepia 00:00:00/00:05:20 ◆ 多重檢視畫面顯示。 2. Press the [PLAY] button or [Joystick(OK)] and 720X576 00:00:00/00:05:20 move the [W/T] switch to W(WIDE). 2 720X576 00:00:00/00:05:20 00:00:00/00:05:20 720X576 ◆ The Multi-view screen appears. 3. 向左 / 右 / 上 / 下移動 [joystick] 尋找您要播放 720X576 的影片檔案。 3. Move the [joystick] left / right / up / down to find the movie file you want to play. 100-0001 4. 按下 [PLAY] 按鈕或 [Joystick(OK)] 播放您要的 100-0001 影片檔案。 100-0001 100-0001 100-0001 ◆ 每次按下 [PLAY] 按鈕或 [Joystick(OK)],會在播 4. Press the [PLAY] button or [Joystick(OK)] to 100-0001 3 play the movie file you want. 放或暫停間重複選擇。 100-0001 100-0001 ◆ Each time you press the [PLAY] button or [Joystick(OK)], play or pause is selected ? repeatedly. F F F F ERRoR [ Notes ] ✤ If there is no file stored to view, the message <No files...> appears. ✤ When the earphones, Audio / Video cable or *External Camera Module is connected to the Sports Camcorder, the built-in speaker will automatically turn off. 38 *: VP-X300L only VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 036~0538 38 4 Move oK Move Move Move oK oK oK Play Play Play Play ?? ? ERRoR ERRoR ERRoR 00:00:05/00:05:20 720X576 00:00:05/00:05:20 720X576 720X576 720X576 00:00:05/00:05:20 00:00:05/00:05:20 [ 附註 ] ✤ 如果沒有儲存的檔案可以檢視,訊息 <No files...> 會顯示。 ✤ 當運動攝錄放影機接上耳機音訊/視訊纜線或*外接 式相機模組時,內建喇叭將自動關閉。 12:00AM 2006/01/01 100-0001 12:00AM 2006/01/01 12:00AM 12:00AM 2006/01/01 2006/01/01 100-0001 100-0001 100-0001 *: 僅適用於 VP-X300L 2006-12-14 오후 1:45:53 ENGLISH Movie Mode : Playing 影片模式:播放 Controls used to play the movie file 播放影片檔案的控制項 [PLAY] 按鈕或 [Joystick(OK)]:播放或暫停影片檔案 [PLAY] button or [Joystick(OK)]: Play or pause the movie file [W] switch: The Multi-view screen appears. [W] 開關:多重播放畫面將會顯示。 [joystick](left): In Movie Play mode: Press it to move to previous file. [joystick](左):在影片播放模式下:按下以移動到前一個檔案。 Press and hold it during playback to use RPS (Reverse 在播放過程中按住它以使用 RPS(倒退播放搜索)功能。 Playback Search) function. (RPS rate: 2x➝4x➝8x➝16x ( RPS 速率:2 倍➝4 倍➝8 倍➝16 倍➝32 倍➝64 倍➝128 倍) ➝32x➝64x➝128x) [joystick](右):在影片播放模式下:按下以移動到下一個檔案。 [joystick](right): In Movie Play mode: Press it to move to next file. 在播放過程中按住它以使用 FPS(前進播放搜尋)功能。 Press and hold it during playback to use FPS ( FPS 速率:2 倍➝4 倍➝8 倍➝16 倍➝32 倍➝64 倍➝128 倍) (Forward Playback Search) function. (FPS rate: 2x➝4x➝8x➝16x➝32x➝64x➝128x) 在影片播放模式下:在暫停時按住以進行慢速播放。 In Movie Play mode: Press and hold it to play slowly 在暫停時按住以移往下一幀。 when paused. Press it to move to the next frame when paused. Adjusting the Sound 1. Press the [PLAY] button or [Joystick(OK)] to play the movie file in Movie Play mode. 2. move the [joystick] up to increase the volume. ◆ Each time you move the [joystick] up, the volume bar increases and the sound level will get louder. ◆ The volume bar disappears after 1~2 seconds. 3. move the [joystick] down to decrease the volume. ◆ Each time you move the [joystick] down, the volume bar decreases and the sound level will get quieter. ◆ The volume bar disappears after 1~2 seconds. 1 720X576 00:00:00/00:05:20 00:00:00/00:05:20 720X576 12:00AM 2006/01/01 12:00AM 2006/01/01 3 720X576 720X576 100-0001 100-0001 00:00:05/00:05:15 00:00:05/00:05:15 調整聲音 1. 在影片播放模式下,按下 [PLAY] 按鈕或 [Joystick(OK)] 播放影片檔案。 2. 向上移動 [joystick] 增加音量。 ◆ 每次向上移動 [joystick] ,音量列會增加,聲音 變大。 ◆ 音量列會在 1 至 2 秒後消失。 3. 向下移動 [joystick] 降低音量。 ◆ 每次向下移動 [joystick] ,音量列會減少,聲音 變小。 ◆ 音量列會在 1 至 2 秒後消失。 [ Notes ] [ 附註 ] ✤ You can adjust the volume up to 10 steps. ✤ 最多可使用 10 個步驟調整音量。 ✤ You can also play the movie file on a TV screen by 12:00AM 2006/01/01 100-0001 connecting the Sports Camcorder to a TV. ➥page 100 ✤ 您還可以將運動攝錄放影機連接至電視,在電視 12:00AM 2006/01/01 100-0001 ✤ A video codec is required to play the movie files 上播放影片檔案。➥第 100 頁 recorded on the Sports Camcorder on a computer. ✤ 要在電腦上播放運動攝錄放影機錄製的影片檔案,您需要配備視訊 Install the software provided in the Software CD to have the CODEC 轉碼器。 automatically installed in the system. If you do not have the CD, search 安裝軟體光碟中的軟體,將轉碼器自動安裝到您的系統中。如果您 the product model name in the Download Centre on the Samsung Electronics home page (www.samsung.com) to get the CODEC 沒有光碟,請在 Samsung Electronics 首頁 (www.samsung.com) 的下 installation file. ➥page 97 載中心搜尋產品機型以取得轉碼器安裝檔案。➥第 97 頁 39 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 036~0539 39 2006-12-14 오후 1:45:54 ENGLISH Movie Mode : Setting the Recording Options 影片模式:設定錄製選項 Setting the Movie Size 設定影片大小 You can set the movie files size. The file storage capacity depends on the memory capacity and movie file size. 您可以設定影片檔案大小。檔案儲存容量取決於記憶體容量和影片檔案 大小。 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 1 2. Press the [MENU] button. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Size>. 3. Move the [joystick] up / down to select an option, and then press the [joystick(OK)]. 2 ◆ Available options are: <720x576> / <352x288> 4. Press the [MENU] button to exit the menu. ◆ The selected function icon is displayed. 720i 720iF 720i 720i STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 Recording... Recording... Recording... Recording... F F F 2. 按下 [MENU] 按鈕。 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Size>。 S S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 S S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 12:00AM 12:00AM 2006/01/01 2006/01/01 Movie Movie Movie Movie Size Size 720 720x576 Size Size 720 720x576 352 352x288 720 720x576 720 720x576 352 352x288 352 352x288 352 352x288 Move Move Move Move [ Notes ] 3 ✤ If <TV> is selected in <Record Mode>, the size is set to 720i only. If <PC> is selected in <Record Mode>, the size is set to 720p or 352p. ✤ Regarding detailed image capacity. ➥page 30. ✤ Higher resolution requires more memory space, which results in shorter maximum recording time. ✤ When the screen size is set to 352(352x288), it is played back in smaller size than 720(720x576) on 4 PC. ✤ While the menu screen is displayed, pressing the [Record / Stop] button will move to Movie Record mode. 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 oK oK oK oK Movie Movie Movie Movie Size Size 720x576 Size Size 720x576 352x288 720x576 720x576 352x288 352x288 352x288 Move Move Move Move 352p 352pF 352p 352p F F F Select Select Select Select Sepia Sepia Sepia Sepia AE AE AE AE 4. 按下 [MENU] 按鈕以結束選單。 ◆ 選定的功能圖示將會顯示。 MENU MENU MENU MENU Exit Exit Exit Exit AE 720 AE AE AE 720 352 720 720 352 352 352 oK oK oK oK Select Select Select Select MENU MENU MENU MENU 3. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇一個選項,然後 按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ 可使用的選項包括:<720x576> / <352x288> Exit Exit Exit Exit STBY 00:00:00/01:00:07 STBY 00:00:00/01:00:07 STBY 00:00:00/01:00:07 STBY 00:00:00/01:00:07 Recording... Recording... Recording... Recording... [ 附註 ] ✤ 如果在 <Record Mode> 下選擇 <TV>,大小僅能設 為 720i。 如果在 <Record Mode> 下選擇 <PC>,大小可以設 為 720p 或 352p。 ✤ 詳細的影像容量。➥第 30 頁。 ✤ 較高解析度需要更多記憶體,而最大錄製時間也 變得比較短。 ✤ 當螢幕大小設為 352(352x288),在電腦上播放時會 小於 720(720x576)。 ✤ 當選單螢幕顯示時,按下 [Record / Stop] 按鈕將會 移至影片錄製模式。 S 40 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 036~0540 40 S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 S S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 12:00AM 12:00AM 2006/01/01 2006/01/01 Sepia Sepia Sepia Sepia 2006-12-14 오후 1:45:56 ENGLISH Movie Mode : Setting the Recording Options 影片模式:設定錄製選項 Setting the Movie Quality 設定影片品質 You can set the movie file's quality. The files storage capacity depends 您必須設定影片檔案的品質。檔案儲存容量取決於記憶體容量和影片檔 on the memory capacity and movie file quality. 案品質。 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 1 4. Press the [MENU] button to exit the menu. ◆ The selected function icon is displayed. [ Notes ] ✤ Regarding detailed image capacity. ➥page 30. ✤ While the menu screen is displayed, pressing the [Record / Stop] button will move to Movie Record mode. 720iF 720i 720i STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 Recording... Recording... Recording... Recording... F F F 2. Press the [MENU] button. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Quality>. 3. Move the [joystick] up / down to select an option, and then press the [joystick(OK)]. ◆ Available options are: <Super Fine> / <Fine> / <Normal> 720i S 2 S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 SS 12:00AM 2006/01/01 2006/01/01 12:00AM 12:00AM 2006/01/01 Movie Movie AE Movie Movie Quality AE AE AE Quality Super Fine SF Quality Quality SFF Fine Fine Super Fine SF SF Super Super Fine FN Normal F Fine F Fine Fine N N Normal N Normal Normal oK Select Move Move Move Move 3 oK oK oK Select Select Select Movie Movie AE Movie Movie Quality AE AE AE Quality Super Fine SF Quality Quality SFF Fine Fine Super Fine SF Super Super Fine SFFN Normal F Fine F Fine Fine N N Normal N Normal Normal oK Select Move Move Move Move 4 720i SF 720i 720i 720i SF SF SF oK oK oK Select Select Select Sepia Sepia Sepia Sepia 2. 按下 [MENU] 按鈕。 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Quality>。 3. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇一個選項,然後 按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ 可使用的選項包括:<Super Fine> / <Fine> / <Normal> MENU Exit MENU MENU MENU Exit Exit Exit MENU Exit MENU MENU MENU Exit Exit Exit 4. 按下 [MENU] 按鈕以結束選單。 ◆ 選定的功能將會顯示。 [ 附註 ] ✤ 詳細的影像容量。➥第 30 頁。 ✤ 當選單螢幕顯示時,按下 [Record / Stop] 按鈕將會 移至影片錄製模式。 STBY 00:00:00/00:26:43 00:00:00/00:26:43 STBY 00:00:00/00:26:43 STBY STBY 00:00:00/00:26:43 Recording... Recording... Recording... Recording... S S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 SS 12:00AM 2006/01/01 2006/01/01 12:00AM 12:00AM 2006/01/01 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 036~0541 41 Sepia Sepia Sepia Sepia 41 2006-12-14 오후 1:45:57 ENGLISH Movie Mode : Setting the Recording Options 影片模式:設定錄製選項 Setting the White Balance 設定白平衡 The White Balance may vary depending on the lighting conditions. 白平衡依據光線條件會有變化。 The White Balance is used to preserve natural colours under different 白平衡用於保持不同光線條件下的自然色彩。 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 lighting conditions. 1 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 2. Press the [MENU] button. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <White Balance>. 3. Move the [joystick] up / down to select an option, and then press the [joystick(OK)]. ◆ To set Custom, frame your Sports Camcorder 2 on a white area (such as a wall), filling the LCD monitor with white colour. Press the [Joystick(OK)] to set. Automatically sets according to the recording environment. Adjusts the colour according to daylight/indoor, Daylight outdoor light Fluorescent Suitable for a fluorescent light environment. Tungsten Suitable for an incandescent light environment. You can adjust the white balance as you wish Custom based on the recording environment. Auto 3 [ Notes ] ✤ When recording outdoors, the <Auto> setting will allow you to achieve the best results. 4 ✤ As the lighting conditions change, set the appropriate white balance before recording. ✤ The subject used for <Custom> should be white colour. If not, the colour balance will not be natural. ✤ While the menu screen is displayed, pressing the [Record / Stop] button will move to Movie Record mode. VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 036~0542 42 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 Recording... Recording... Recording... Recording... F F F S S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 S S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 12:00AM 12:00AM 2006/01/01 2006/01/01 Movie Movie AE Movie Movie white BalanceAE AE white BalanceAAE white Auto white Balance Balance A Daylight Auto A Auto A Auto Fluorescent Daylight Daylight Daylight Fluorescent Fluorescent Fluorescent oK Select Move Move Move Move 4. Press the [MENU] button to exit the menu. ◆ The selected function icon is displayed. ◆ If <Auto> is selected, no icon will be displayed. 42 720i 720i F 720i 720i oK oK oK Select Select Select Movie Movie AE Movie Movie white BalanceAE AE white BalanceAE Auto white white Balance Balance Daylight Auto Auto Auto Daylight Fluorescent Daylight Daylight Fluorescent Fluorescent oK Select Fluorescent Move Move Move Move 720i 720i SFF 720i 720i SFF SFF SFF oK oK oK Select Select Select Sepia Sepia Sepia Sepia MENU MENU MENU MENU Exit Exit Exit Exit 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 2. 按下 [MENU] 按鈕。 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <White Balance>。 3. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇一個選項,然後 按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ 若要設定自訂,將運動攝錄放影機對著白色區 域(例如,牆),讓 LCD 螢幕充滿白色。按下 [Joystick(OK)] 以設定。 自動 日光 螢光燈 鎢絲燈 自訂 根據錄製環境自動設定。 根據白天/室內、室外照明調整色彩。 適用於螢光燈照明環境。 適用於白熾燈照明環境。 您可以根據錄製環境調整您要的白平衡。 4. 按 [MENU] 按鈕以結束選單。 ◆ 選定的功能將會顯示。 ◆ 如果選擇 <Auto>,將不會顯示任何圖示。 Exit MENU Exit MENU Exit MENU Exit MENU STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 Recording... Recording... Recording... Recording... [ 附註 ] ✤ 在室內錄製時,<Auto> 設定可讓您達到最佳效果。 ✤ 當照明條件改變時,請在錄製前設定適當的白平衡。 ✤ 用於 <Custom> 的物體必須是白色的。否則,色彩 平衡將會不自然。 ✤ 當選單螢幕顯示時,按下 [Record / Stop] 按鈕將會 移至影片錄製模式。 S S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 S S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 12:00AM 2006/01/01 12:00AM 2006/01/01 Sepia Sepia Sepia Sepia 2006-12-14 오후 1:45:59 ENGLISH Movie Mode : Setting the Recording Options 影片模式:設定錄製選項 Setting the Program AE (Programmed Auto Exposure) 設定程序自動曝光 Program AE modes are preset automatic exposure modes based upon 程序自動曝光模式是根據內部電腦程式來預設的自動曝光模式。 an internal computer programme. It allows you to adjust the aperture 它可以讓您調整光圈設定以適合不同的環境。 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 setting to suit different conditions. 720i STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 1 720i STBY 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 720i 720i 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Recording... ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 Sports Camcorder. Recording... Recording... Recording... ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 2. 按下 [MENU] 按鈕。 S 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Program S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 Sepia 2. Press the [MENU] button. S S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 Sepia AE>。 Move the [joystick] left / right to select 12:00AM Sepia 12:00AM 2006/01/01 2006/01/01 Sepia Movie <Program AE>. MovieAE 3. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇一個選項,然後 Movie 2 Movie Program AE AE 3. Move the [joystick] up / down to select an 按下 [joystick(OK)]。 AE AE Program AE option, and then press the [joystick(OK)]. Auto Program Program AE AE F F F F AE 自動 自動在主體與背景間平衡,取得最佳效 果。 快門速度在每秒 1/50 到 1/250 的範圍內自 動變換,視場景而定。 運動 用於錄製快速移動的人或物體。適合用於 運動活動和在車內拍攝車窗外。 AUTo Auto balances between the subject and background to get the best result. Auto The shutter speed automatically varies from 1/60 to 1/250 per second depending on the scene. For recording fast-moving people or objects. Sports It is suitable for sports events and recording outside in the car. Compensates for a subject that appears bright under strong direct light such as Spotlight too spotlight. It is suitable for concerts and school performances. when the light is very strong such as on Sand/Snow Use the beach or in the snow. Sports Auto Auto Auto Spotlight Sports Sports Sports Spotlight Spotlight Spotlight Move Move Move Move 3 4. Press the [MENU] button to exit the menu. 4 ◆ The selected function icon is displayed. ◆ If <Auto> is selected, no icon will be displayed. [ Note ] ✤ While the menu screen is displayed, pressing the [Record / Stop] button will move to Movie Record mode. VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 036~0543 43 AE AUTo AE AE AUTo AUTo oK oK oK oK Select Select Select Select Movie MovieAE Movie Movie Program AE AE AE AE AE Program Auto Program Program AE AE Auto Sports Auto Auto Spotlight Sports Sports Sports Spotlight Spotlight oK Select Spotlight Move Move Move Move 720i 720i SFF 720i 720i SFF F SF SFF oK oK oK Select Select Select MENU MENU MENU MENU Exit Exit Exit Exit 聚光燈 補償出現在強光如聚光燈下的物體。 適合用於音樂會和學校活動。 沙灘/雪景 光線非常強時,例如,在沙灘或雪景中。 MENU MENU MENU MENU Exit Exit Exit Exit STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 4. 按 [MENU] 按鈕以結束選單。 ◆ 選定的功能將會顯示。 ◆ 如果選擇 <Auto>,將不會顯示任何圖示。 [ 附註 ] ✤ 當選單螢幕顯示時,按下 [Record / Stop] 按鈕將會 移至影片錄製模式。 Recording... Recording... Recording... Recording... S S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 S S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 12:00AM 2006/01/01 12:00AM 2006/01/01 Sepia Sepia Sepia Sepia 43 2006-12-14 오후 1:46:01 ENGLISH Movie Mode : Setting the Recording Options 影片模式:設定錄製選項 Setting the Effect 設定效果 You can apply various digital effects to your recording. 錄製時您可以套用各種數位效果。 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 1 4. Press the [MENU] button to exit the menu. ◆ The selected effect and icon are displayed. ◆ If <Off> is selected, no icon will be displayed. 44 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 036~0544 44 Recording... Recording... Recording... 12:00AM 2006/01/01 S S Sepia 12:00AM 2006/01/01 12:00AM 12:00AM 2006/01/01 2006/01/01 Movie Sepia Sepia Sepia S 2 Movie Movie Movie Effect AE AE Effect Effect off Effect Art off off off Mosaic Art Art Art Mosaic Mosaic Mosaic Move Move Move Move 3 Movie AE AE AE AE Move Move Move 4 oK Select MENU Exit oK oK oK Select Select Select MENU MENU MENU Exit Exit Exit Movie Movie Movie Effect Effect Effect Negative Effect Mirror Negative Negative Negative B&w Mirror Mirror Mirror B&w B&w B&w Move oK Select MENU Exit oK oK oK Select Select Select MENU MENU MENU Exit Exit Exit SFF SFF SFF 3. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇一個選項,然後 按下 [joystick(OK)]。 取消 <Effect>。 為影片檔案增加藝術效果。 馬賽克效果覆蓋於影片上。 圖片以深褐色顯示,產生類似舊相片的效 Sepia 果。 Negative 將顏色倒置,產生如底片的效果。 Mirror 此模式使用鏡像效果,將影像裁切一半。 將影像變為黑白。 B&W 4. 按 [MENU] 按鈕以結束選單。 ◆ 選擇的效果和圖示顯示。 ◆ 如果選擇 <Off>,將不會顯示任何圖示。 [ 附註 ] ✤ 當選單螢幕顯示時,按下 [Record / Stop] 按鈕將會 移至影片錄製模式。 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 SFF 720i 720i 720i 2. 按下 [MENU] 按鈕。 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Effect>。 Off Art Mosaic AE AE 720i [ Note ] ✤ While the menu screen is displayed, pressing the [Record / Stop] button will move to Movie Record mode. 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 Recording... S Off Art Cancels the <Effect>. Adds artistic effects to your movie file. Mosaic A mosaic overlay appears on your movie file. Sepia The image is displayed in sepia colour similar to that of an old photograph. Negative Reverses the colours, creating the look of a negative. Mirror This mode cuts the image in half using a mirror effect. B&W Changes the images into black and white. F 720i 720i 720i F F F 2. Press the [MENU] button. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Effect>. 3. Move the [joystick] up / down to select an option, and then press the [joystick(OK)]. 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 720i 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 Recording... Recording... Recording... Recording... S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 S S Mirror 12:00AM 2006/01/01 12:00AM 12:00AM 2006/01/01 2006/01/01 Mirror Mirror Mirror S 2006-12-14 오후 1:46:03 ENGLISH Movie Mode : Setting the Recording Options 影片模式:設定錄製選項 Setting the EIS (Electronic Image Stabilizer) 設定電子防手震功能 The Electrical Image Stabilizer is a function that compensates for hand 數為防手震功能可以補償錄製期間的手部震動和其他動作。 shake and other movements while recording. EIS 可以在下列情況提供更穩定的影像: STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 ◆ 用縮放錄製 EIS provides a more stable image when: 720i STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 ◆ 錄製小型物件 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 ◆ Recording while zooming 1 720i STBY 720i ◆ 走路或移動時錄製 720i ◆ Recording small objects Recording... ◆ 由�������� 車������� 內往����� 車���� 外��� 行錄製 ◆ Recording while walking or moving Recording... F F F F Recording... Recording... ◆ Recording through the window of a moving vehicle 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. S 2 2. Press the [MENU] button. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <EIS>. 3. Move the [joystick] up / down to select an option, and then press the [joystick(OK)]. ◆ <On>: Enables EIS function. ◆ <Off>: Disables EIS function. S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 S S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 12:00AM 2006/01/01 2006/01/01 12:00AM Movie Movie Movie Movie EIS on EIS EIS EIS on off on on off off off Move Move Move Move 3 4. Press the [MENU] button to exit the menu. ◆ If you select <On>, the EIS icon ( ) is displayed. ◆ If you select <Off>, no icon is displayed. [ Notes ] 4 ✤ Movie recording using the external camera module does not support <EIS> function. (VP-X300L only) ✤ While the menu screen is displayed, pressing the [Record / Stop] button will move to Movie Record mode. oK oK oK oK Movie Movie Movie Movie EIS on EIS EIS EIS on off on on off off off Move Move Move Move 720i 720i SFF 720i 720i SFF SFF SFF Select Select Select Select TV PC TV PC TV TVPC PC MENU MENU MENU MENU Exit Exit Exit Exit TV PC TV PC TV TVPC PC oK oK oK oK Select Select Select Select MENU MENU MENU MENU Exit Exit Exit Exit STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 2. 按下 [MENU] 按鈕。 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <EIS>。 3. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇一個選項,然後 按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ <On>:啟用 EIS 功能。 ◆ <Off>:啟用 EIS 功能。 4. 按 [MENU] 按鈕以結束選單。 ◆ 如果您選擇 <On>,EIS 圖示 ( ) 會顯示。 ◆ 如果您選擇 <Off>,無圖示顯示。 [ 附註 ] ✤ 使用外部相機模塊不支援 <EIS> 功能。 (僅適用 於 VP-X300L) ✤ 當選單螢幕顯示時,按下 [Record / Stop] 按鈕將會 移至影片錄製模式。 Recording... Recording... Recording... Recording... S S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 S S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 12:00AM 2006/01/01 2006/01/01 12:00AM VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 036~0545 45 Sepia Sepia Sepia Sepia Sepia Sepia Sepia Sepia 45 2006-12-14 오후 1:46:05 ENGLISH Movie Mode : Setting the Recording Options 影片模式:設定錄製選項 Setting the Focus 設定焦距 You can set the focus depending on the subject or environment. In most situations, it is best to use the AF(Auto Focus). 您可以根據主體或環境設定對焦。多數情況下,最好使用 AF(自動對 焦 )。 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 2. Press the [MENU] button. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Focus>. 3. Move the [joystick] up / down to select an option, and then press the [joystick(OK)]. ◆ <AF>: Set the focus automatically. ◆ <MF>: Set the focus manually. 4. Press the [MENU] button to exit the menu. ◆ The selected function icon is displayed. ◆ If you select <AF>, no icon is displayed. Manual Focus <MF> Adjust the focus by moving [joystick] up/down to zoom in or out manually. ◆ When a picture contains objects that are both close and far away from the Sports Camcorder. ◆ When a person is enveloped in fog or surrounded by snow. [ Notes ] ✤ The focus is set to <AF> automatically when the Sports Camcorder is turned off. ✤ While the menu screen is displayed, pressing the [Record / Stop] button will move to Movie Record mode. 46 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 036~0546 46 1 720i 720i 720i F 720i STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 F F F Recording... Recording... Recording... Recording... S S S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 12:00AM 12:00AM 2006/01/01 2006/01/01 2 Movie Movie Movie Movie Focus Focus AF Focus Focus AF AF MF AF MF MF MF Move Move Move Move 3 TV PC TV TVPC TVPC PC oK oK oK oK Select Select Select Select Movie Movie Movie Movie Focus Focus AF Focus Focus AF AF MF AF MF MF MF Move Move Move Move 4 720i 720i 720i F 720i F F F S S Sepia Sepia Sepia Sepia MENU MENU MENU MENU Exit Exit Exit Exit PC Select Select Select Select MENU MENU MENU MENU Exit Exit Exit Exit [ 附註 ] ✤ 運動攝錄放影機關閉時,對焦自動設為 <AF>。 ✤ 當選單螢幕顯示時,按下 [Record / Stop] 按鈕將會 移至影片錄製模式。 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 Recording... Recording... Recording... Recording... S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 12:00AM 12:00AM 2006/01/01 2006/01/01 手動對焦 <MF> 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 以手動放大或縮小來調整 焦距。 ◆ 圖片同時包含距離運動攝錄放影機近與遠的主體 時。 ◆ 被霧包圍或雪景中的人物。 TV PC TV TVPC TVPC oK oK oK oK 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 2. 按下 [MENU] 按鈕。 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Focus>。 3. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇一個選項,然後 按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ <AF>:自動對焦。 ◆ <MF>:手動對焦。 4. 按 [MENU] 按鈕以結束選單。 ◆ 選定的功能將會顯示。 ◆ 如果您選擇 <AF>,無圖示顯示。 Sepia Sepia Sepia Sepia 2006-12-14 오후 1:46:06 ENGLISH Movie Mode : Setting the Recording Options 影片模式:設定錄製選項 Setting the BLC (Backlight Compensation) 設定背光補償 The Backlight Compensation function helps to make the subject 背光補償功能可在主體位於窗前或太暗而難以辨識時,增加主體的亮度。 brighter when the subject is in front of a window or the subject is too 在明亮的背景或雪景中使用運動攝錄放影機時,您可以使用此功能。 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 dark to distinguish. You can use this function when STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 720i STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 1 720i using the Sports Camcorder in bright or snowy 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 720i 720i ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 backgrounds. Recording... F F F F 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 2. Press the [MENU] button. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <BLC>. 3. Move the [joystick] up / down to select an option, and then press the [joystick(OK)]. ◆ <On>: Set the BLC function. ◆ <Off>: Cancel the BLC function. Recording... Recording... Recording... S S S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 12:00AM 12:00AM 2006/01/01 2006/01/01 2 Movie Movie Movie Movie BLC BLC on BLC BLC on on off on off off off Move Move Move Move 3 4. Press the [MENU] button to exit the menu. ◆ The selected function ( ) icon is displayed. ◆ If you select <Off>, no icon is displayed. 4 [ Notes ] ✤ The BLC is set to <Off> when the Sports Camcorder is turned off. ✤ While the menu screen is displayed, pressing the [Record / Stop] button will move to Movie Record mode. VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 036~0547 47 TV PC PC oK oK oK oK 720i 720i 720i 720iF F F F S S Select Select Select Select MENU MENU MENU MENU Exit Exit Exit Exit MENU MENU MENU MENU Exit Exit Exit Exit TV PC TV TVPC TVPC PC oK oK oK oK Select Select Select Select 2. 按下 [MENU] 按鈕。 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <BLC>。 3. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇一個選項,然後 按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ <On>:設定 BLC 功能。 ◆ <Off>:取消 BLC 功能。 TV TVPC TVPC Movie Movie Movie Movie BLC BLC on BLC BLC on on off on off off off Move Move Move Move Sepia Sepia Sepia Sepia STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 4. 按 [MENU] 按鈕以結束選單。 ◆ 選定的功能 ( ) 圖示將會顯示。 ◆ 如果您選擇 <Off>,無圖示顯示。 [ 附註 ] ✤ 運動攝錄放影機關閉時,BLC 設為 <Off>。 ✤ 當選單螢幕顯示時,按下 [Record / Stop] 按鈕將會 移至影片錄製模式。 Recording... Recording... Recording... Recording... S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 12:00AM 12:00AM 2006/01/01 2006/01/01 Sepia Sepia Sepia Sepia 47 2006-12-14 오후 1:46:08 ENGLISH Movie Mode : Setting the Recording Options 影片模式:設定錄製選項 Setting the Digital Zoom 設定數位縮放 Zooming more than 10x is achieved digitally, up to 100X when 10 倍以上的縮放是以數位形式來完成,結合光學縮放可達到最高 100 combined with optical zoom. 倍的縮放。 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 The Digital Zoom processes data to enlarge the 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 數位縮放處理資料把影像的中央部分放大以填滿取景 STBY 720i STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 1 720i centre portion of the image to fill the frame. 框。 720i 720i It may produce a less detailed and slightly grainy 形成的影像較不細緻且稍微有顆粒。 Recording... Recording... picture. Recording... Recording... 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 S 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 S S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 Sepia S Sports Camcorder. 12:00AM 2006/01/01 2006/01/01 Sepia 12:00AM Sepia 12:00AM 2006/01/01 Sepia ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 2. 按下 [MENU] 按鈕。 F F F F 2. Press the [MENU] button. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Digital Zoom>. 3. Move the [joystick] up / down to select an option, and then press the [joystick(OK)]. ◆ <On>: Enables digital zoom. Attempts to zoom in more than 10x will automatically apply digital zooming. (up to 100x) ◆ <Off>: Disables digital zoom. Only optical zoom 10x will be supported for zooming 2 Movie Movie Movie PC Movie PC Digital ZoomPC Digital Zoom ZoomPC Digital on Digital Zoom on on off on off off off Move Move Move Move 3 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 036~0548 48 Select Select Select Select MENU MENU MENU MENU Exit Exit Exit Exit Movie Movie Movie Movie PC PC Digital ZoomPC Digital Zoom ZoomPC Digital on Digital Zoom on on off on off off off TV Move Move Move Move 4 48 oK oK oK oK 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Digital Zoom>。 3. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇一個選項,然後 按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ <On>:啟用數位縮放。嘗試放大超過 10 倍將 自動套用數位縮放。(最大至 100 倍) ◆ <Off>:停用數位縮放。僅支援 10 倍光學縮放。 4. 按 [MENU] 按鈕以結束選單。 ◆ 使用 [W/T] 開關時,螢幕上會出現一個僂位變 焦指示器。 TV TV TV 4. Press the [MENU] button to exit the menu. ◆ When using the [W/T] switch, a digital zoom indicator appears on the screen. [ Note ] ✤ While the menu screen is displayed, pressing the [Record / Stop] button will move to Movie Record mode. TV TV TV TV 720i 720i 720iF 720i oK oK oK oK Select Select Select Select MENU MENU MENU MENU STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 F F F S S S 12:00AM S Recording... Recording... Recording... Recording... 2006/01/01 12:00AM 2006/01/01 12:00AM 12:00AM 2006/01/01 2006/01/01 Exit Exit Exit Exit 1X 1X 1X 1X w w w w [ 附註 ] ✤ 當選單螢幕顯示時,按下 [Record / Stop] 按鈕將會 移至影片錄製模式。 10X 10X 10X 10X T T Sepia T T Sepia Sepia Sepia 2006-12-14 오후 1:46:10 ENGLISH Movie Mode : Setting the Recording Options 影片模式:設定錄製選項 Setting the Record mode You can set the proper record mode before starting movie file recording. 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 2. Press the [MENU] button. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Record Mode>. 3. Move the [joystick] up / down to select an option, and then press the [joystick(OK)]. ◆ <TV>: The system generates clear images when played back on TV. ◆ <PC>: The system generates clear images when played back on PC. ◆ We recommend copying the file onto a PC or connecting the Sports Camcorder to a TV for a better playback picture. 4. Press the [MENU] button to exit the menu. ◆ If you select <TV>, <i> is displayed with size icon. ◆ If you select <PC>, <p> is displayed with size icon. 設定錄製模式 1 720i F 720i 720i 720i STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 開始影片檔案錄製前您可以設定適當的錄製模式。 Recording... F F F 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 Recording... Recording... Recording... S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 S Sepia S S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 12:00AM 12:00AM 2006/01/01 2006/01/01 Movie 2 Sepia Sepia Sepia MoviePC Movie Movie Mode Record PC PC TV RecordPC Mode Record Mode Record Mode PC TV TV TV PC PC PC TV TV TV TV 3 2. 按下 [MENU] 按鈕。 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Record Mode>。 Move oK Select MENU Exit Move Move Move oK oK oK Select Select Select MENU MENU MENU Exit Exit Exit Movie MoviePC Movie Movie Mode Record PC PC TV RecordPC Mode Record Record Mode Mode PC TV TV TV PC PC PC TV 3. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇一個選項,然後 按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ <TV>:在電視播放時,系統會產生清楚的 影像。 ◆ <PC>:在電腦播放時,系統會產生清楚的 影像。 ◆ 建議將檔案複製到電腦中或連接運動攝錄放影 機至電視以獲得更好的播放圖片。 TV TV TV Move oK Select MENU Exit Move Move Move oK oK oK Select Select Select MENU MENU MENU Exit Exit Exit STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 4 [ Notes ] 720p STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 ✤ If <TV> is selected as the Record Mode, the size STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 720p is set to 720i only. 720p 720p Recording... ✤ If <PC> is selected as the Record Mode, the size Recording... is set to 720p or 352p. Recording... Recording... ✤ When the size is set to 352(352X288), <PC> is S automatically selected for movie files recording. 12:00AM 2006/01/01 S S S ✤ While the menu screen is displayed, pressing the 12:00AM 2006/01/01 12:00AM 2006/01/01 2006/01/01 [Record / Stop] button will move to Movie Record mode.12:00AM F F F F Sepia Sepia Sepia Sepia 4. 按 [MENU] 按鈕以結束選單。 ◆ 如果您選擇 <TV>, <i> 會隨大小圖示一起 顯示。 ◆ 如果您選擇 <PC>,<p> 會隨大小圖示一起 顯示。 [ 附註 ] ✤ 如果選擇 <TV> 為錄製模式,大小僅限設為 720i。 ✤ 如果選擇 <PC> 為錄製模式,大小可設為 720p 或 352p。 ✤ 當大小設為 352(352X288) 時,自動選擇 <PC> 為影 片檔案錄製模式。 ✤ 當選單螢幕顯示時,按下 [Record / Stop] 按鈕將會 移至影片錄製模式。 49 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 036~0549 49 2006-12-14 오후 1:46:11 ENGLISH Movie Mode : Setting the Recording Options 影片模式:設定錄製選項 Setting the Line In/Out 設定訊號輸入/輸出 You can record or play back the contents of the the Sports Camcorder 可以將運動攝錄放影機中的內容錄製到設置裝置上或在外部裝置上播 (a memory card) onto an external device and vice versa. 放,反之亦然。 ➥pages 100~102 ➥第 100~102 頁 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 1 720i F 720i 720i F STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 Recording... Recording... Recording... F S 2. Press the [MENU] button. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Line In/Out>. 12:00AM 2006/01/01 S 12:00AM 2006/01/01 12:00AM 2006/01/01 Movie TV PC TV PC Sepia Sepia AE Movie Line In/out Movie In PC Line In/out out Line In/out In In out out AE TV Move oK Move Move oK 3 4. Press the [MENU] button to exit the menu. ◆ The Sports Camcorder is set to the selected setting. Sepia S 3. Move the [joystick] up / down to select an 2 option, and then press the [joystick(OK)]. ◆ <In>: Select this when recording the contents of an external device into the the Sports Camcorder (a memory card). ◆ <Out>: Select this when recording or playing back the contents of the the Sports Camcorder (a memory card) onto an external device. 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 AE Select MENU Select oK Select MENU Exit Exit MENU Exit 2. 按下 [MENU] 按鈕。 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Line In/Out>。 3. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇一個選項,然後 按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ <In>:當將外部裝置的內容錄製到運動攝錄放 影機(記錄卡)中時選擇此項。 ◆ <Out>:當將運動攝錄放影機(記憶卡)的內 容錄製到外部裝置或在外部裝置上播放這些內 容時選擇此項。 Movie TV PC TV PC AE Movie Line In/out Movie In PC Line In/out Line In/out out In In out out AE TV Move Move [ Note ] Move ✤ While the menu screen is displayed, pressing the [Record / Stop] button will move to Movie Record mode. AE Select MENU Select oK Select MENU oK oK 4. 按 [MENU] 按鈕以結束選單。 ◆ 運動攝錄放影機完成選擇的設定。 Exit Exit MENU Exit [ 附註 ] ✤ 當選單螢幕顯示時,按下 [Record / Stop] 按鈕將會移至影片錄製模 式。 50 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 036~0550 50 2006-12-14 오후 1:46:12 ENGLISH Movie Mode : Setting the Viewing Options 影片模式:設定檢視選項 Deleting Movie Files 刪除影片檔案 You can delete saved movie files. 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 2. Press the [PLAY] button or [Joystick(OK)]. ◆ Switches to Movie play mode. ◆ Move to the desired movie file, using the [joystick]. Deleting a Movie File in Full Screen-View 3. Press the [DELETE] button on the LCD monitor. 4. Select an option by moving the [joystick] up / down and then press the [joystick(OK)]. ◆ <OK>: Deletes the selected movie file. ◆ <Cancel>: Cancels the deletion. 2 [PLAY] button [Joystick(OK)] 在全螢幕檢視下刪除影片檔案 3 00:00:00/00:10:40 00:00:00/00:10:40 720X576 Deleting Movie Files in Multi-View 3. Move the [W/T] switch to W (WIDE). 3 ◆ The screen switches to multi-view. 4. Press the [DELETE] button on the LCD monitor. 5. Select an option by moving the [joystick] up / down and then press the [joystick(OK)]. ◆ <OK>: Deletes the selected movie file using the [joystick(OK)]. ◆ <Multi Select>: Multiple movie files can be selected using the [joystick(OK)]. < ✔ > indicator appears on the selected files. 4 Press the [PLAY] button to delete. ◆ <All>: All movie files will be deleted. ◆ <Cancel>: Cancels the deletion. [ Notes ] ✤ Once deleted, a file can not be restored. ✤ Locked files will not be deleted. ✤ While the menu screen is displayed, pressing the [Record / Stop] button will move to Movie Record mode. VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 036~0551 51 您可以刪除已儲存的影片檔案。 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 2. 按下 [PLAY] 按鈕或 [Joystick(OK)]。 ◆ 切換到影片播放模式。 ◆ 使用 [joystick] 移至想要的影片檔案。 oK Cancel Move oK Select 100-0001 100-0001 100-0001 ? ERRoR 00:00:00/00:10:40 00:00:00/00:10:40 Move 720X576 oK ? Play ERRoR Move oK Cancel Move oK oK Select Play 100-0001 100-0003 oK Multi Select All oK Cancel Multi Select All Move Cancel Move oK 100-0003 ? ERRoR Select ? ERRoR oK Select 3. 按下 LCD 顯示器上的 [DELETE] 按鈕。 4. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇選項,然後按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ <OK>:刪除選取的影片檔案。 ◆ <Cancel>:取消刪除。 在多重檢視下刪除影片檔案 3. 將 [W/T] 開關切換 W。 ◆ 螢幕切換到多重檢視。 4. 按下 LCD 顯示器上的 [DELETE] 按鈕。 5. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇選項,然後按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ <OK>:使用 [joystick(OK)] 刪除選擇的影片檔 案。 ◆ <Multi Select>:可以使用 [joystick(OK)] 選擇 多個影片檔案。 < ✔ > 指示器將會出現在選取的檔案上。 按下 [PLAY] 按鈕刪除。 ◆ <All>:所有的影片檔案將會刪除。 ◆ <Cancel>:取消刪除。 [ 附註 ] ✤ 一旦刪除了檔案,就不能恢復它了。 ✤ 鎖定的檔案將無法刪除。 ✤ 當選單螢幕顯示時,按下 [Record / Stop] 按鈕將會 移至影片錄製模式。 51 2006-12-14 오후 1:46:15 ENGLISH Movie Mode : Setting the Viewing Options 影片模式:設定檢視選項 Setting the Play mode 設定播放模式 You can play all files continuously or play the selected file only. You can also set the repeat option for all files. 您可以連續播放所有檔案或僅播放選擇的檔案。您也可以對全部檔案設 定重複選項。 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 2 720X576 720X576 720X576 720X576 00:00:00/00:10:40 00:00:00/00:10:40 00:00:00/00:10:40 00:00:00/00:10:40 2. 按下 [PLAY] 按鈕或 [Joystick(OK)]。 ◆ 切換到影片播放模式。 2. Press the [PLAY] button or [Joystick(OK)]. ◆ Switches to Movie play mode. 3. Press the [MENU] button. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Play mode>. 100-0001 100-0001 100-0001 100-0001 3 4. Move the [joystick] up / down to select an option, and then press the [joystick(OK)]. ◆ <Play One>: The selected movie file will be played. ◆ <Play All>: Plays back from the selected file to the last file. ◆ <Repeat One>: The selected movie file will be 4 played repeatedly. ◆ <Repeat All>: All movie files will be played repeatedly. 5. Press the [MENU] button to exit the menu. Press the [PLAY] button. ◆ The selected option will be applied. 52 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 036~0552 52 Movie Movie Movie Movie Play Mode Play Mode Mode Play Play Mode 1 Play one 11 Play one one Play ALL Play one All 1 Play ALL Play All Play All Repeat one ALLALL1 Play Allone Repeat one 11 Repeat Repeat one 1 Move Move Move Move Select Select Select Select 720X576 720X576 720X576 720X576 Exit Exit Exit Exit oK oK oK MENU MENU MENU oK MENU Movie Movie Movie Movie Play Mode Play Mode Mode Play Play Mode 1 Play one 11 Play one one Play ALL Play one All 1 Play Play All one ALLALL1 Play All Repeat ALL Play All Repeat one one 11 Repeat Repeat one 1 Move Move Move Move 5 [ Note ] ✤ While the menu screen is displayed, pressing the [Record / Stop] button will move to Movie Record mode. 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 Select Select Select Select Exit Exit Exit Exit oK oK oK MENU MENU MENU oK MENU 00:00:10/00:10:30 00:00:10/00:10:30 00:00:10/00:10:30 00:00:10/00:10:30 3. 按下 [MENU] 按鈕。 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Play mode>。 4. 向上或向下移動 [Joystick] 選擇一個選項,然後 按下 [Joystick(OK)]。 ◆ <Play One>:選定的影片檔案將會刪除。 ◆ <Play All>:從選擇的檔案開始播放至最後一 個檔案。 ◆ <Repeat One>:您可以重複播放選定的影片 檔案。 ◆ <Repeat All>:所有的影片檔案將會重複播 放。 5. 按下 [MENU] 按鈕以結束選單。 按下 [PLAY] 按鈕。 ◆ 將套用選擇的選項。 [ 附註 ] ✤ 當選單螢幕顯示時,按下 [Record / Stop] 按鈕將會 移至影片錄製模式。 100-0001 100-0001 100-0001 100-0001 2006-12-14 오후 1:46:17 ENGLISH Movie Mode : Setting the Viewing Options 影片模式:設定檢視選項 Locking Movie Files 鎖定影片檔案 You can lock saved important movie files from accidental deletion. Locked files will not be deleted unless you release the lock or format the memory. 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 2. Press the [PLAY] button or [Joystick(OK)]. ◆ Switches to Movie play mode. ◆ Move to the desired movie file, using the [Joystick]. 3 Lock Lock Lock Lock Move Move 4 Locking a Movie File in Full Screen-View 您可以防止已儲存之重要影片檔案被意外刪除。受保 護的檔案將不會刪除,除非您解除保護或格式化記憶 體。 Movie Movie 720X576 720X576 oK oK Select Select MENU MENU Exit Exit 00:00:00/00:10:40 00:00:00/00:10:40 3. Move the [W/T] switch to W (WIDE). 3 ◆ The screen switches to multi-view. 4. Press the [MENU] button. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Lock>. 5. Move the [joystick] up / down to select an option, and then press the [joystick(OK)]. ◆ <Lock>: Locks the selected movie file using the [joystick(OK)]. ◆ <Multi Select>: Multiple movie files can be selected using the [joystick(OK)]. < > indicator appears on the selected files. 4 Press the [PLAY] button to lock. ◆ <Lock All>: All movie files are locked. ◆ <Unlock All>: Unlocks all movie files. [ Notes ] ✤ The < > icon is displayed on the locked file. ✤ While the menu screen is displayed, pressing the [Record / Stop] button will move to Movie Record mode. VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 036~0553 53 在全螢幕檢視下鎖定影片檔案 3. 按下 [MENU] 按鈕。 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Lock>。 4. 按下 [joystick(OK)] 加以鎖定。 ◆ 選擇的影片檔案已鎖定。 3. Press the [MENU] button. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Lock>. 4. Press the [joystick(OK)] to lock. ◆ The selected movie file is locked. Locking Movie Files in Multi-View 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 2. 按下 [PLAY] 按鈕或 [Joystick(OK)]。 ◆ 切換到影片播放模式。 ◆ 使用 [Joystick] 移至想要的影片檔案。 100-0001 100-0001 在多重檢視下鎖定影片檔案 3. 將 [W/T] 開關切換 W。 ◆ 螢幕切換到多重檢視。 4. 按下 [MENU] 按鈕。 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Lock>。 5. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇一個選項,然後 按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ <Lock>:使用 [joystick(OK)] 刪除鎖定選擇的 影片檔案。 ◆ <Multi Select>:可以使用 [joystick(OK)] 選擇 多個影片檔案。 < > 指示器將會出現在選取的檔案上。 按下 [PLAY] 按鈕鎖定。 ◆ <Lock All>:全部影片檔案被鎖定。 ◆ <Unlock All>:解除鎖定全部影片檔案。 [ 附註 ] ✤ < > 圖示顯示於鎖定的檔案上。 ✤ 當選單螢幕顯示時,按下 [Record / Stop] 按鈕將會 移至影片錄製模式。 53 2006-12-14 오후 1:46:19 ENGLISH 2 2 MP3 Mode Storing Mp3 in the Sports Camcorder................................55 Copying MP3 Files to the Sports Camcorder..................55 Playing....................................................................................56 Playing Mp3 Files.............................................................56 Setting the Mp3 Play Options..............................................57 Deleting Mp3 Files...........................................................57 Setting the Repeat Play...................................................58 Setting the Equalizer........................................................59 Locking Mp3 Files............................................................60 MP3 模式 儲存 Mp3 於運動攝錄放影機...................................................55 複製 Mp3 檔案至運動攝錄放影機.....................................55 播放..........................................................................................56 播放 Mp3 檔案...................................................................56 設定 Mp3 播放選項.................................................................57 刪除 Mp3 檔案...................................................................57 設定重複播放....................................................................58 設定等化器........................................................................59 鎖定 Mp3 檔案...................................................................60 Movie Movie ◆ Save important data / recordings separately on other media, to avoid accidental loss due to a system failure or other reasons. ◆ 將重要資料/錄製內容另外儲存於其他媒體,避免由於系統故 障或其他原因導致資料意外遺失。 W W T T 如何設定 MP3 模式 How to set to MP3 mode U MEN MP3 M DELET DC IN HOLD 1. Press the [POWER] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. E DISPLAY 2. Set the MP3 mode by pressing the [MODE] button. 電源 按鈕 MP3 E MOD DELET 1. 按下 [POWER] 按鈕以開啟運 動攝錄放影機。 DC IN ODE E DISPLAY Power button HOLD U MEN 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕設定 MP3 模式。 Voice Recorder Voice Recorder 54 File Browser VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 036~0554 54 File Browser 2006-12-14 오후 1:46:21 ENGLISH MP3 Mode : Storing Mp3 Files in the Sports Camcorder MP3 模式:儲存 Mp3 於.運動攝錄放影機 Copying Mp3 files to the Sports Camcorder 複製 Mp3 檔案至運動攝錄放影機 MMC/SD USB You can copy MP3 files from a PC to the Sports Camcorder while connected to the 使用 USB 纜線連接運動攝錄放影機至電腦,便能將 mp3 檔案從電腦複製 PC with a USB cable. 到運動攝錄放影機。 Before your start! 開始使用之前! ◆ You can copy the MP3 files when <USB Mode> ◆ 當 <USB Mode> 設為 <Mass Storage> 時, sets to <Mass Storage> ➥page 73 您可以複製 MP3 檔案。 ➥第 73 頁 B 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 2. Connect the Sports Camcorder to the PC using the USB cable provided. 2. 使用隨附的 USB 纜線將運動攝錄放影機連接 A ◆ A - Connect the USB cable to the Sports 到電腦。 Camcorder. ◆ A - 連接 USB 纜線至運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ B - Connect the other end of the USB cable to ◆ B - 連接 USB 纜線的另一頭至電腦。 the PC. 3. 按兩下新的可卸式光碟機將其開啟。 3. Double-click the new removable drive to open. 4. 選擇 MUSIC 資料夾,然後按兩下進入。 4. Select the MUSIC folder and double-click to 5. 將電腦中的 MP3 檔案拖放到 MUSIC 資料 enter. 5. Drag and drop the MP3 file from your PC into 夾。 the MUSIC folder. ◆ 音樂記憶體最大容量為 2000 MP3 檔案。 ◆ The maximum music memory capacity is 2000 MP3 files. Disconnecting USB Connection After completing the data transfer, you must disconnect the cable in the following way. 1. Select the removable disk icon and click the right mouse button to select ‘Safely Remove Hardware’. 2. Select ‘Stop’ and disconnect the USB cable when the pop-up screen disappears. [ Warning ] ✤ Copying and redistributing of mp3 files may violate the copyright law. ✤ You cannot create a new folder on your Sports Camcorder. [ Notes ] ✤ You can copy a folder on your Sports Camcorder. ✤ To see MP3 file capacity with regards to the Sports Camcorder's memory capacity.➥page 31. ✤ It is recommended to use an AC Power Adapter during the file transfer to avoid unintended power outage due to low battery power. ✤ According to the PC type, Pop-up dialog for Removable disk may appear when USB connects. ✤ The illustrations may differ form that shown depending on the Windows O/S. VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 055~0755 55 取消 USB 連接 完成資料傳輸後,您必須使用以下方式拔下纜 線: 1. 選擇可卸式磁碟圖示,然後按一下滑鼠右鍵選 擇「Safely Remove Hardware」。 2. 選擇「Stop」並在快顯畫面消失後拔下 USB 纜 線。 [ Warning ] ✤ 複製和散播 mp3 檔案可能會違反著作權法。 ✤ 您無法在運動攝錄放影機上建立新的資料夾。 [ 附註 ] ✤ 您可以在運動攝錄放影機上複製資料夾。 ✤ 參閱有關運動攝錄放影機的 MP3 檔案容量。 ➥第 31 頁。 ✤ 建議您在檔案傳輸期間使用交流電變壓器以防 因電力過低而意外中斷。 ✤ 根據 PC 類型,接上 USB 連接時可能會出現可 移動磁碟的彈出對話方塊。 ✤ 視 Windows 作業系統的不同,指示可能與所 顯示的有所不同。 55 2006-12-14 오후 1:54:27 ENGLISH MP3 Mode : Playing MP3 模式:播放 Playing Mp3 Files 播放 Mp3 檔案 You can play back stored mp3 files. 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 2. Set the MP3 mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The MP3 playlist appears. ◆ If there is no mp3 file stored, the message <No Files...> appears. 3. Select an Mp3 file to play by moving the [joystick] up / down, and then press the [joystick(OK)]. 4. The selected mp3 file is played back. ◆ Each time you press the [PLAY] button or [Joystick(OK)], play or pause is selected repeatedly. ◆ To adjust volume, move [joystick] up / down. Volume indicator appears and disappears after few seconds. Using the Joystick (left/right) Move the [joystick] left ◆ Within 2 seconds after starting playback - Previous file plays. ◆ In Pause/Stop mode - Previous file appears. ◆ 2 seconds after starting playback - Current file starts again. Move the [joystick] right ◆ During playback - The next file plays. ◆ In Pause/Stop mode - The next file appears. ◆ During playback, press and hold [Joystick(OK)] left / right to forward or reverse search the currently playing MP3 file. 3 Move Move oK oK Play Play 4 Lifeiscool.mp3 Sweetbox Lifeiscool.mp3 Stereo 44.1KHz 192Kbps Sweetbox 00:01:07/00:03:27 Search Search If you slide the [MP3/ *External Camera Module HOLD] switch down, all buttons except the Power button and Volume control are locked. The [MP3/ *External Camera Module HOLD] switch operates only in the MP3 mode or when connecting *External Camera Module. [ Notes ] ✤ The MP3 file with tag information will display the artist name. MP3 files with no tag information will leave the item blank. ✤ If a broken file name is displayed, try renaming it on a PC. ✤ When the language set is not the same as the MP3 file's tag information language, the Artist information may not display correctly. ✤ When the earphones, Audio/Video cable or *External Camera Module cable is connected to the Sports Camcorder, the built-in speaker will turn off automatically. ✤ The Sports Camcorder only supports MP3 file format. ✤ Damaged or non-standard MP3 files may not display properly or fail to play back. ✤ Playback will fail to start if the first file is damaged. ✤ The title may not be displayed if the language is not supported or in Chinese. ✤ MP3 files with VBR setting will appear as VBR on the LCD monitor and its play time and recording time may differ from the displayed diagram. ✤ If you play a music file of which the title is too long, the title is scrolled. ✤ Supported bitrates for MP3 files is 8Kbps~320Kbps and VBR. 56 : VP-X300L only VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 055~0756 56 1/6 1/6 Stereo 44.1KHz 192Kbps 00:01:07/00:03:27 List List oK oK Pause Pause 使用搖桿(左/右) 向左移動 [joystick] ◆ 開始播放後 2 秒鐘內 - 播放上一個檔案。 ◆ 在暫停/停止模式下 - 上一個檔案顯示。 ◆ 開始播放後 2 秒鐘 - 目前的檔案再次開始播放。 向右移動 [joystick] ◆ 播放期間 - 播放下一個檔案。 ◆ 在暫停/停止模式下 - 下一個檔案顯示。 ◆ 播放時向左或向右按住 [Joystick(OK)] 以向前或向後搜尋 目前播放的 MP3 檔案。 設定為保持 - [MP3/ *External Camera Module HOLD] 開關 如果您向下滑動 [MP3/ *External Camera Module HOLD] 開關,除了電源按鈕和音 量控制外的全部按鈕皆被鎖定。 [MP3/ *External Camera Module HOLD] 開關僅限於 MP3 模式下或連接*外接式相 機模組時操作。 Setting to Hold - [MP3/ *External Camera Module HOLD] switch * 您可以播放儲存的 mp3 檔案。 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕設定 MP3 模式。 ◆ MP3 播放清單顯示。 ◆ 如果沒有儲存的 mp3 檔案,<No Files...>訊息顯示。 3. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇要播放的 mp3 檔案,然後按 下 [joystick(OK)]。 4. 選擇的 mp3 檔案開始播放。 ◆ 每次按下 [PLAY] 按鈕或 [Joystick(OK)],會在播放或暫停 間重複選擇。 ◆ 若要調整音量,請向上或向下移動 [joystick]。 音量指示燈將會顯示並在幾秒後消失。 Lifeiscool.mp3 Everytime.mp3 Lifeiscool.mp3 Toxic.mp3 Everytime.mp3 Don'tpushme.mp3 Toxic.mp3 Loveyou.mp3 Don'tpushme.mp3 Loveyou.mp3 [ 附註 ] ✤ 含標籤資訊的 MP3 檔案將會顯示音樂家名稱。不含標籤資訊的 MP3 檔案該項目將 留空白。 ✤ 如果顯示斷開的檔名,請在電腦上將之重新命名。 ✤ 當語言設定和 MP3 檔案標籤資訊語言不同,音樂家資訊可能無法正確顯示。 ✤ 當運動攝錄放影機接上耳機、音訊/視訊纜線或*外接式相機模組時,內建喇叭將自 動關閉。 ✤ 運動攝錄放影機僅支援 MP3 檔案格式。 ✤ 損毀或非標準的 MP3 檔案可能不會正確顯示或無法播放。 ✤ 如果第一個檔案已經損毀,將無法開始播放。 ✤ 如果語言不被支援或是中文,標題將可能不會顯示。 ✤ 具有 VBR 設定的 MP3 檔案將會在 LCD 顯示器上顯示為 VBR,其播放時間和錄製時 間可能會與顯示的數字不一樣。 ✤ 如果您播放標題太長的檔案,就會滾動標題。 ✤ 支援的 MP3 檔案位速率為 8Kbps~320Kbps 和 VBR。 *: 僅適用於 VP-X300L 2006-12-14 오후 1:54:28 ENGLISH Mp3 Mode : Setting the Mp3 Play Options Mp3 模式:設定 Mp3 播放選項 Deleting Mp3 Files 刪除 Mp3 檔案 You can delete a selected mp3 file or a group of MP3 files. 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the 2 Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 2. Set the MP3 mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The MP3 playlist appears. ◆ Move to the desired MP3 file, using the [joystick]. 您可以刪除一個或一組選定的 mp3 檔案。 刪除 MP3 播放清單中的 Mp3 檔案 Deleting Mp3 Files in MP3 playlist 3. Press the [DELETE] button on the LCD monitor in pause mode. Select an option by moving the [joystick] up / down and then press the [joystick(OK)]. ◆ <OK>: Deletes the selected Mp3 file. ◆ <Multi Select>: Multiple Mp3 files can be selected using the [joystick(OK)]. < ✔ > indicator appears on the selected files. Press the [PLAY] button. ◆ <All>: All Mp3 files will be deleted. ◆ <Cancel>: Cancels the deletion. 3 3 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 055~0757 57 3. 在暫停模式下,按下 LCD 顯示器上的 [DELETE] 按鈕。向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇選項,然 後按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ <OK>:刪除選擇的 Mp3 檔案。 ◆ <Multi Select>:可以使用 [joystick(OK)] 選擇 多個 Mp3 檔案。 < ✔ > 指示器將會出現在選取的檔案上。按下 [PLAY] 按鈕。 ◆ <All>:所有 Mp3 檔案將會刪除。 ◆ <Cancel>:取消刪除。 在全螢幕下刪除 Mp3 檔案 Deleting an Mp3 File in Full screen 3. press the [PLAY] button or [Joystick(OK)]. ◆ The selected MP3 file is played. 4. Press the [DELETE] button on the LCD monitor in pause mode. Select an option by moving the [joystick] up / down and then press the [joystick(OK)]. ◆ <OK>: Deletes the selected Mp3 file. ◆ <Cancel>: Cancels the deletion. [Notes] ✤ Locked files will not be deleted. ✤ You cannot access the menu during playback. ✤ If you press the [Record/Stop] button in MP3 mode, the Sports Camcorder switches to Movie Record mode. 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕設定 MP3 模式。 ◆ MP3 播放清單顯示。 ◆ 使用 [joystick] 移至想要的 MP3 檔案。 4 3. 按下 [PLAY] 按鈕或 [Joystick(OK)]。 ◆ 選定的 MP3 檔案將會播放。 4. 在暫停模式下,按下 LCD 顯示器上的 [DELETE] 按鈕。向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇選項,然 後按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ <OK>:刪除選擇的 Mp3 檔案。 ◆ <Cancel>:取消刪除。 [ 附註 ] ✤ 鎖定的檔案將無法刪除。 ✤ 播放時無法存取選單。 ✤ 如果在 MP3 模式下按 [Record/Stop] 按鈕,運動攝 錄放影機就會切換到「影片錄製制」模式。 57 2006-12-14 오후 1:54:32 ENGLISH MP3 Mode : Setting the Mp3 Play Options MP3 模式:設定 Mp3 播放選項 Setting the Repeat Play 設定重複播放 You can repeat a selected mp3 file or a group of MP3 files, or play the MP3 files at random. 3 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 2. Set the MP3 mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The MP3 playlist appears. 3. Press the [MENU] button in pause mode. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Repeat>. 4. Select an option by moving the [joystick] up / 4 down and then press the [joystick (OK)]. ◆ <Off>: No repeat, plays each title once in the order from the selected mp3 file. ◆ <Repeat One>: One selected mp3 file will play repeatedly. ◆ <Repeat Folder>: All files in the folder will play repeatedly. ◆ <Repeat All>: All mp3 files will play through in order and start again from the beginning. 5 ◆ <Shuffle Folder>: All files in the folder will play at random. ◆ <Shuffle All>: All mp3 files will play in random order once. 5. Press the [MENU] button to exit the menu. ◆ Move the MP3 file of the desired folder using the [joystick]. ◆ When the MP3 file plays back, the selected option will be applied. ◆ The selected function icon is displayed. ◆ If you select <Off>, no icon is displayed. [ Notes ] ✤ When the earphones, Audio/Video cable or *External Camera Module cable is connected to the Sports Camcorder, the built-in speaker will not operate. ✤ You cannot access the menu during playback. ✤ If you press the [Record/Stop] button in MP3 mode, the Sports Camcorder switches to Movie Record mode. 58 *: VP-X300L only VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 055~0758 58 您可以重複播放一個 mp3 檔案或一組選擇的 MP3 檔 案,或者隨機播放 MP3 檔案。 Lifeiscool.mp3 Lifeiscool.mp3 Everytime.mp3 Lifeiscool.mp3 Everytime.mp3 Lifeiscool.mp3 Toxic.mp3 Everytime.mp3 Toxic.mp3 Everytime.mp3 Don'tpushme.mp3 Toxic.mp3 Don'tpushme.mp3 Toxic.mp3 Loveyou.mp3 Don'tpushme.mp3 Loveyou.mp3 Don'tpushme.mp3 Loveyou.mp3 oK Play MoveLoveyou.mp3 Move Move Move oK oK oK MP3 MP3 MP3 MP3 Move Move Move Move Play Play Play oK MENU oK MENU oK oK MENU MENU Exit Exit Exit Exit MP3 MP3 MP3 MP3 Move Move Move Move oK oK oK oK Select Select Select Select 1 1 1 1 MENU MENU MENU MENU Lifeiscool.mp3 Lifeiscool.mp3 Everytime.mp3 Lifeiscool.mp3 Everytime.mp3 Lifeiscool.mp3 Toxic.mp3 Everytime.mp3 Toxic.mp3 Everytime.mp3 Don'tpushme.mp3 Toxic.mp3 Don'tpushme.mp3 Toxic.mp3 Loveyou.mp3 Don'tpushme.mp3 Loveyou.mp3 Don'tpushme.mp3 Loveyou.mp3 oK Play MoveLoveyou.mp3 Move Move Move oK oK oK Play Play Play Exit Exit Exit Exit 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕設定 MP3 模式。 ◆ MP3 播放清單顯示。 3. 在暫停模式下按下 [MENU] 按鈕。 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Repeat>。 4. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇選項,然後按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ <Off>:不重複播放,依照選取的 mp3 檔案的 順序,播放每一個標題一次。. ◆ <Repeat One>:重複播放一個選取的 mp3 檔 案。 ◆ <Repeat Folder>:資料夾中的所有檔案將重 複播放。 ◆ <Repeat All>:所有的 mp3 檔案將會按照順序 播放,然後再重頭開始。 ◆ <Shuffle Folder>:資料夾中的所有檔案將隨 機播放。 ◆ <Shuffle All>:所有 mp3 檔案將隨機播放一 次。 5. 按下 [MENU] 按鈕以結束選單。 ◆ 使用 [joystick] 移動選擇資料夾中的 MP3 檔 案。 ◆ 播放 MP3 檔案時,將套用選擇的選項。 ◆ 選定的功能將會顯示。 ◆ 如果選擇 <Off>,將不會顯示任何圖示。 [ 附註 ] ✤ 當運動攝錄放影機接上耳機、音訊/視訊纜線或*外 接式相機模組時,內建喇叭將無法操作。 ✤ 播放時無法存取選單。 ✤ 如果在 MP3 模式下按 [Record/Stop] 按鈕,運動攝 錄放影機就會切換到「影片錄製制」模式。 *: 僅適用於 VP-X300L 2006-12-14 오후 1:54:35 檔 下 ENGLISH MP3 Mode : Setting the Mp3 Play Options Setting the Equalizer 設定等化器 You can choose an Equalizer mode for different types of music. 您可以為不同的音樂類型選擇一個等化器模式。 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 重 2 2. Set the MP3 mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The MP3 playlist appears. 的 檔 3. Press the [MENU] button in pause mode. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Equalizer>. 3 一 外 攝 4. Select an option by moving the [joystick] up / down and then press the [joystick (OK)]. ◆ <Off> / <Pop> / <Classic> / <Jazz> 5. Press the [MENU] button to exit the menu. ◆ The selected option is applied. ◆ If you select <Off>, no icon is displayed. [Notes] ✤ You cannot access the menu during playback. ✤ If you press the [Record/Stop] button in MP3 mode, the Sports Camcorder switches to Movie Record mode. 5 Play Play Play oK oK oK Select Select Select MENU MENU U MEN Exit Exit Exit MP3 MP3 MP3 MP3 l.mp3 Equalizer l.mp3 mp3 Equalizer l.mp3 l.mp3 mp3 Equalizer off Equalizer mp3 off mp3 Pop PPoP Po oPPhme.mp3 o 3 off off Pop PPoP Po oPPhme.mp3 o 3 Classic Clas Cla Cl as mp3 Clas Pop PPoP Po oPPPhme.mp3 o 3 Pop PoP P Po oP o 3 mp3 Classic Clas Cla Cl ashme.mp3 Clas mp3 MENU Exit Classic Cllaas Cla Cl ass mp3 oKClas Classic CClas Cla Cl as Move Select Move Move Move oK oK oK Select Select Select Lifeiscool.mp3 Lifeiscool.mp3 Sweetbox Lifeiscool.mp3 Sweetbox Lifeiscool.mp3 Stereo 44.1KHz 192Kbps Sweetbox Sweetbox Stereo 44.1KHz 192Kbps MENU MENU U MEN List List List List Exit Exit Exit 1/6 1/6 1/6 1/6 PoP 3. 在暫停模式下按下 [MENU] 按鈕。 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Equalizer>。 4. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇選項,然後按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ <Off> / <Pop> / <Classic> / <Jazz> 5. 按下 [MENU] 按鈕以結束選單。 ◆ 將套用選擇的選項。 ◆ 如果選擇 <Off>,將不會顯示任何圖示。 [ 附註 ] ✤ 播放時無法存取選單。 ✤ 如果在 MP3 模式下按 [Record/Stop] 按鈕,運動攝 錄放影機就會切換到「影片錄製制」模式。 PoP PoP PoP 00:01:07/00:03:27 Stereo 44.1KHz 192Kbps 44.1KHz 192Kbps Stereo 00:01:07/00:03:27 00:01:07/00:03:27 00:01:07/00:03:27 Search Search Search Search VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 055~0759 59 oK oK oK 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕設定 MP3 模式。 ◆ MP3 播放清單顯示。 MP3 MP3 MP3 MP3 l.mp3 Equalizer l.mp3 mp3 Equalizer l.mp3 l.mp3 mp3 Equalizer off Equalizer mp3 mp3 off P Po PoP oP o P Pop hme.mp3 3 off Po Po PoP oPPhme.mp3 off Pop 3 Clas Cla Cl as mp3 Clas Classic Po Po oPPPhme.mp3 o Pop 3 PPoP Po PoP oP Pop 3 mp3 Clas Cla Cl ashme.mp3 Clas Classic mp3 MENU Exit Cllaas Cla Cl ass mp3 Classic oKClas CClas Cla Cl as Classic Move Select Move Move Move 4 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 Lifeiscool.mp3 Lifeiscool.mp3 Everytime.mp3 Lifeiscool.mp3 Lifeiscool.mp3 Everytime.mp3 Toxic.mp3 Everytime.mp3 Everytime.mp3 Toxic.mp3 Don'tpushme.mp3 Toxic.mp3 Toxic.mp3 Don'tpushme.mp3 Loveyou.mp3 Don'tpushme.mp3 Don'tpushme.mp3 Loveyou.mp3 Loveyou.mp3 oK Play MoveLoveyou.mp3 Move Move Move 順序 隨 MP3 模式:設定 Mp3 播放選項 oK oK oK oK Pause Pause Pause Pause 59 2006-12-14 오후 1:54:39 ENGLISH MP3 Mode : Setting the Mp3 Play Options MP3 模式:設定 Mp3 播放選項 Locking Mp3 Files 鎖定 Mp3 檔案 You can lock saved important mp3 files from accidental deletion. 您可以防止已儲存的重要 mp3 檔案被意外刪除。受保護的檔案將不會 Locked files will not be deleted unless you release the lock or format 刪除,除非您解除保護或格式化記憶體。 the memory. 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 1/6 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the 1/6 2 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 Sports Camcorder. Lifeiscool.mp3 Lifeiscool.mp3 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕設定 MP3 模式。 Lifeiscool.mp3 ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. Lifeiscool.mp3 Sweetbox Sweetbox Everytime.mp3 Everytime.mp3 ◆ MP3 播放清單顯示。 2. Set the MP3 mode by pressing the [MODE] Stereo 44.1KHz 192Kbps 44.1KHz 192Kbps Stereo Toxic.mp3 Toxic.mp3 button. ◆ 使用 [joystick] 移至想要的 MP3 檔案。 00:00:00/00:03:27 Don'tpushme.mp3 00:00:00/00:03:27 Don'tpushme.mp3 ◆ The MP3 playlist appears. Loveyou.mp3 Loveyou.mp3 ◆ Move to the desired MP3 file, using the [joystick]. 鎖定 MP3 播放清單中的 Mp3 檔案 Move Move Locking Mp3 Files in MP3 playlist 3. Press the [MENU] button in pause mode. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Lock>. 4. Select an option by moving the [joystick] up / down and then press the [joystick (OK)]. ◆ <Lock>: The selected mp3 file is locked. ◆ <Multi Select>: Multiple mp3 files can be selected using the [Joystick(OK)]. < > indicator appears on the selected files. Press the [PLAY] button. ◆ <Lock All>: All mp3 files are locked. ◆ <Unlock All>: Unlocking all mp3 files. 3 MENU MENU Exit Exit 1/6 1/6 Exit Search Search 4 List List Move Move oK oK Pause Pause 1/6 1/6 MP3 MP3 oK oK List List oK oK Pause Pause 3. 在暫停模式下按下 [MENU] 按鈕。 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Lock>。 1/6 MP3 1/6 MP3 4. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇選項,然後按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ <Lock>:選擇的 mp3 檔案已鎖定。 ◆ <Multi Select>:可以使用 [Joystick(OK)] 選擇 多個 mp3 檔案。 < > oK 指示器顯示於選擇的檔案上。按下 MENU Exit Move Select MEN U Exit Move Select [PLAY]oK按鈕。 ◆ <Lock All>:全部 mp3 檔案皆被鎖定。 ◆ <Unlock All>:解除鎖定全部 mp3 檔案。 在全螢幕下鎖定 Mp3 檔案 Stereo 44.1KHz 192Kbps Stereo 44.1KHz 192Kbps 00:00:00/00:03:27 00:00:00/00:03:27 4. oK Play Move the [joystick] leftMove / right to select oK Play Move <Lock>. 5. Press the [joystick(OK)]. MP3 ◆ The selected mp3 fileMP3 is locked. [Notes] ✤ The < > icon is displayed on the locked file. ✤ You cannot access the menu during playback. ✤ If you press the [Record/Stop] button in MP3 mode, the Sports Camcorder switches to Movie Record mode. oK Select MENU Exit Move 60 oK MENU VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 055~0760 60 Select Select Lifeiscool.mp3 Lifeiscool.mp3 Sweetbox Sweetbox Everytime.mp3 Toxic.mp3 press the [PLAY] button orToxic.mp3 [Joystick(OK)] Don'tpushme.mp3 Don'tpushme.mp3 ◆ The selected MP3 file is Loveyou.mp3 played. Loveyou.mp3 Press the [MENU] button in pause mode. Select oK oK 3 Lifeiscool.mp3 Move Play Play MP3 MP3 Move Move Lifeiscool.mp3 Locking an Mp3 File in Full screen Everytime.mp3 3. Search Search oK oK Select Select MENU MENU Exit Exit 3. 按下 [PLAY] 按鈕或 [Joystick(OK)]。 ◆ 選定的 MP3 檔案將會播放。 4. 在暫停模式下按下 [MENU] 按鈕。 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Lock>。 5. 按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ 選擇的 mp3 檔案已鎖定。 [ 附註 ] ✤ < > 圖示顯示於鎖定的檔案上。 ✤ 播放時無法存取選單。 ✤ 如果在 MP3 模式下按 [Record/Stop] 按鈕,運動攝 錄放影機就會切換到「影片錄製制」模式。 2006-12-14 오후 1:54:43 ENGLISH Voice Recorder Mode 3 會 3 Recording...............................................................................62 Recording Voice Files......................................................62 Playing....................................................................................63 Playing Voice Files...........................................................63 Setting the Voice Play Options............................................64 Deleting Voice Files..........................................................64 Setting the Play Mode......................................................65 Movie Locking Voice Files..........................................................66 下 錄音機模式 錄製..........................................................................................62 錄製語音檔案....................................................................62 播放..........................................................................................63 播放語音檔案....................................................................63 設定語音播放選項....................................................................64 刪除語音檔案....................................................................64 設定播放模式....................................................................65 鎖定語音檔案....................................................................66 Movie 選擇 W ◆ 將重要資料/錄製內容另外儲存於其他媒體,避免由於系統故 障或其他原因導致資料意外遺失。 W MP3 T T How to set to Voice Recorder mode Power button 如何設定錄音機模式 U MEN Voicerecorder E 1. Press the [POWER] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ISPLAY 2. Set the Voice Recorder D mode by pressing the [MODE] button. FileBrowser VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 055~0761 61 Voicerecorder MOD ELETE D 1. 按下 [POWER] 按鈕以開啟運 動攝錄放影機。 HOLD D HOLD DISPLAY 電源 按鈕 E MOD ELETE MP3 DC IN U MEN DC IN 攝 ◆ Save important data / recordings separately on other media, to avoid accidental loss due to a system failure or other reasons. 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕 以設定想要的 Voice Recorder 模式。 FileBrowser 61 2006-12-14 오후 1:54:44 ENGLISH Voice Recorder Mode : Recording Recording Voice Files 錄製語音檔案 The built-in microphone allows users to record voices without any additional devices. 內建麥克風可以讓使用者錄製語音而無須使用任何附加裝置。 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 2 3. Press the [Record / Stop] button to start recording. ◆ < > icon appears on the screen and starts recording. 4. To stop recording, press the [Record / Stop] button again. SwAV0001.wAV SwAV0001.wAV SwAV0001.wAV Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps 00:00:00/35:00:00 Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps 2. Set the Voice Recorder mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The voice record screen appears. 62 錄音機模式:錄製 00:00:00/35:00:00 00:00:00/35:00:00 3 SwAV0001.wAV 2007/01/0112:00:00AM SwAV0001.wAV SwAV0001.wAV Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps 2007/01/0112:00:00AM 2007/01/0112:00:00AM 00:00:12/34:59:48 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕以設定想要的 Voice Recorder 模式。 ◆ r錄音畫面顯示。 3. 按下 [Record / Stop] 按鈕開始錄音。 ◆ < > 圖示會在螢幕上顯示並開始錄音。 Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps 00:00:12/34:59:48 00:00:12/34:59:48 4 [ Notes ] ✤ Recorded voice files are saved in a list SwAV0002.wAV automatically. SwAV0002.wAV SwAV0002.wAV ✤ During voice recording or in the Voice Record Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps 00:00:12/34:59:48 mode, the menu is not accessed. Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps ✤ If you change to other mode during voice 00:00:12/34:59:48 00:00:12/34:59:48 recording , the recording will stop. ✤ If you make a recording using the built-in microphone that is blocked up with something, this can cause deterioration of the sound strength and noise on the recording. So make sure that the microphone is not blocked. ✤ When you make a voice recording on the Sports Camcorder (using the microphone), you are recommended to do so at a short distance. If the recording is done at a distance, the sound strength or quality may be deteriorated. VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 055~0762 62 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 4. 若要停止錄製,請再次按 [Record / Stop] 按鈕。 [ 附註 ] ✤ 錄製的語音檔案將會自動儲存在清單中。 ✤ 在錄製語音期間或在錄音模式中時,將無法存取 選單。 ✤ 如果在聲音錄製過程中切換到其他模式,錄製就 會停止。 ✤ 如果使用被異物堵塞的內建麥克風進行錄製,這 可能會導致錄製時聲音強度下降,雜訊增大。 因 此應確保麥克風沒有被堵塞。 ✤ 在運動攝錄放影機上錄製聲音(使用麥克風) 時,建議您短距離進行錄製。 如果錄製距離較 遠,可能會減弱聲音強度或影響聲音質量。 2006-12-14 오후 1:54:45 er 。 取 就 這 因 ENGLISH Voice Recorder Mode : Playing 錄音機模式:播放 Playing Voice Files 播放語音檔案 You can play back recorded voice files using the built-in speaker or the earphones. 您可以使用內建喇叭或連接耳機播放錄製的語音檔案。 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 2. Set the Voice Recorder mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The voice record screen appears. 3. Press the [PLAY] button or [Joystick(OK)]. ◆ The Voice Playlist screen appears. 4. Select a voice file to play by moving the [joystick] up/down, and then press the [joystick(OK)]. 5. The selected voice file is played back. ◆ To pause playback, press the [joystick(OK)]. ◆ To search backward / forward, move the [joystick] left / right. 6. To adjust the volume, move the [joystick] up / down. ◆ Volume indicator appears and disappears after a few seconds. [ Notes ] ✤ When you record the voice file after you set date&time, the date&time displayed on the LCD monitor indicates the date & time you started to record. ✤ When the earphones, Audio/Video cable or *External Camera Module cable is connected to the Sports Camcorder, the built-in speaker will not operate. ✤ You cannot access the menu during voice playback. ✤ If you want to play a recorded voice file in full screen, slide up the [W/T] switch to display the play list. Select the desired file by moving the [Joystick] up / down and then press the [Joystick(OK)] to play it. ✤ While the menu screen is displayed, pressing the [Record / Stop] button will move to Voice Record mode. *: VP-X300L only VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 055~0763 63 2 SwAV0004.wAV SwAV0004.wAV SwAV0004.wAV SwAV0004.wAV Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps 00:00:00/30:20:00 Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps Stereo 00:00:00/30:20:00 8.0KHz 64Kbps 00:00:00/30:20:00 00:00:00/30:20:00 3 1 1 1 1 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 2007/01/0112:00:00AM 2007/01/0112:00:00AM 2007/01/0112:36:25AM 2007/01/0112:00:00AM 2007/01/0112:00:00AM 2007/01/0112:36:25AM 2007/01/0101:00:02AM 2007/01/0112:36:25AM 2007/01/0112:36:25AM 2007/01/0101:00:02AM 2007/01/0101:00:02AM 2007/01/0101:00:02AM Move Move Move Move 4 1 1 1 1 Play Play Play Play 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2007/01/0112:00:00AM 2007/01/0112:00:00AM 2007/01/0112:36:25AM 2007/01/0112:00:00AM 2007/01/0112:00:00AM 2007/01/0112:36:25AM 2007/01/0101:00:02AM 2007/01/0112:36:25AM 2007/01/0112:36:25AM 2007/01/0101:00:02AM 2007/01/0101:00:02AM 2007/01/0101:00:02AM Move Move Move Move 6 oK oK oK oK oK oK oK oK Play Play Play Play 11 2/3 11 2/3 11 2/3 11 2/3 SwAV0002.wAV SwAV0002.wAV 2007/01/0112:36:25AM SwAV0002.wAV 2007/01/0112:36:25AM SwAV0002.wAV Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps 2007/01/0112:36:25AM 2007/01/0112:36:25AM Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps 00:00:12/00:02:15 Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps Stereo 00:00:12/00:02:15 8.0KHz 64Kbps 00:00:12/00:02:15 00:00:12/00:02:15 Search Search Search Search List List List List oK oK oK oK Pause Pause Pause Pause 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕以設定想要的 Voice Recorder 模式。 ◆ r錄音畫面顯示。 3. 按下 [PLAY] 按鈕或 [Joystick(OK)]。 ◆ 語音播放清單畫面將會顯示。 4. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇要播放的語音檔 案,然後按下 [joystick(OK)]。 5. 選取的語音檔案將會播放。 ◆ 要暫停播放,請按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ 若要向前/向後搜尋,請向左或向右移動 [joystick]。 6. 若要調整音量,請向上或向下移動 [joystick]。 ◆ 音量指示燈將會顯示並在幾秒後消失。 [ 附註 ] ✤ 當您在設定日期和時間後錄製語音檔案,日期和 時間會顯示在 LCD 顯示器上,表示您開始錄製的 時間。 ✤ 當運動攝錄放影機接上耳機、音訊/視訊纜線或*外 接式相機模組時,內建喇叭將無法操作。 ✤ 語音播放時無法存取選單。 ✤ 如果想以全螢幕播放錄製好的聲音檔案,請向 上滑動 [W/T] 開關以顯示播放列表。 上下移動 [Joystick] 來選擇所需檔案,然後按 [Joystick(OK)] 來播放它。 ✤ 當選單螢幕顯示時,按下 [Record / Stop] 按鈕將會 移至錄音模式。 *: 僅適用於 VP-X300L 63 2006-12-14 오후 1:54:46 ENGLISH Voice Recorder Mode : Setting the Voice Play Options 錄音機模式:設定語音播放選項 Deleting Voice Files 刪除語音檔案 You can delete a selected voice file or a group of voice files. 您可以刪除一個或一組選定的語音檔案。 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 2 4. Press the [DELETE] button on the LCD monitor in pause mode. Select an option by moving the [joystick] up / down and then press the [joystick(OK)]. ◆ <OK>: Deletes the selected Voice file. ◆ <Multi Select>: Multiple Voice files can be selected using the [joystick(OK)]. < ✔ > indicator appears on the selected files. Press the [PLAY] button. ◆ <All>: All Voice files will be deleted. ◆ <Cancel>: Cancels the deletion. 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps 00:00:00/30:20:00 Stereo 64Kbps 8.0KHz 64Kbps Stereo 8.0KHz 2. Set the Voice Recorder mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The voice record screen appears. 3. press the [PLAY] button or [Joystick(OK)] ◆ The Voice Playlist screen appears. ◆ Move to desired voice file, using the [joystick]. SwAV0004.wAV SwAV0004.wAV SwAV0004.wAV 00:00:00/30:20:00 00:00:00/30:20:00 1 3 1 1 3/3 3/3 3/3 2007/01/0112:00:00AM 2007/01/0112:00:00AM 2007/01/0112:36:25AM 2007/01/0112:00:00AM 2007/01/0112:36:25AM 2007/01/0101:00:02AM 2007/01/0112:36:25AM 2007/01/0101:00:02AM 2007/01/0101:00:02AM 4 Move oK Play Move Move oK oK Play Play 1 1 1 1/3 1/3 1/3 2007/01/0112:00:00AM 2007/01/0112:00:00AM 2007/01/0112:00:00AM All Cancel All All Cancel Move Cancel Move Move [ Notes ] ✤ Once deleted, a file can not be restored. ✤ Locked files will not be deleted. ✤ You cannot access the menu during voice playback. ✤ While the menu screen is displayed, pressing the [Record / Stop] button will move to Voice Record mode. oK Select oK oK Select Select 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕以設定想要的 Voice Recorder 模式。 ◆ r錄音畫面顯示。 3. 按下 [PLAY] 按鈕或 [Joystick(OK)]。 ◆ 語音播放清單畫面將會顯示。 ◆ 使用 [joystick] 移至想要的語音檔案。 4. 按下 LCD 顯示器上的 [DELETE] 按鈕。 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇選項,然後按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ <OK>:刪除所選的語音檔案。 ◆ <Multi Select>:可以使用 [joystick(OK)] 選擇 多個語音檔案。 < ✔ > 指示器將會出現在選取的檔案上。按下 [PLAY] 按鈕。 ◆ <All>:所有的語音檔案將會刪除。 ◆ <Cancel>:取消刪除。 [ 附註 ] ✤ 一旦刪除了檔案,就不能恢復它了。 ✤ 鎖定的檔案將無法刪除。 ✤ 語音播放時無法存取選單。 ✤ 當選單螢幕顯示時,按下 [Record / Stop] 按鈕將會移至錄音模式。 64 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 055~0764 64 2006-12-14 오후 1:54:47 er 下 擇 下 。 ENGLISH Voice Recorder Mode : Setting the Voice Play Options 錄音機模式:設定語音播放選項 Setting the Play mode 設定播放模式 You can play all files continuously or play the selected file only. You can also set the repeat option. 您可以連續播放所有檔案或僅播放選擇的檔案。您可以設定重複選項。 1/3 1 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 2. Set the Voice Recorder mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The voice record screen appears. 3. Press the [PLAY] button or [Joystick(OK)] ◆ Switches to the Voice Playlist screen. ◆ Move to the desired voice file, using the [Joystick]. 4. Press the [MENU] button. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Play mode>. 5. Move the [joystick] up / down to select an option, and then press the [joystick(OK)]. ◆ <Play One>: The selected voice file will be played. ◆ <Play All>: Plays back from the selected file to the last file. ◆ <Repeat One>: The selected voice file will be played repeatedly. ◆ <Repeat All>: All voice files will be played repeatedly. 6. Press the [MENU] button to exit the menu. ◆ When you play back, the selected option will be applied. ◆ The selected function icon is displayed. [ Notes ] ✤ You cannot access the menu during voice playback. ✤ While the menu screen is displayed, pressing the [Record / Stop] button will move to Voice Record mode. VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 055~0765 65 3 1 11 1/3 2007/01/0112:00:00AM 1/3 1/3 2007/01/0112:36:25AM 2007/01/0112:00:00AM 2007/01/0112:00:00AM 2007/01/0112:00:00AM 2007/01/0101:00:02AM 2007/01/0112:36:25AM 2007/01/0112:36:25AM 2007/01/0112:36:25AM 2007/01/0101:00:02AM 2007/01/0101:00:02AM 2007/01/0101:00:02AM Move oK Play Move Move Move oK oK oK Play Play Play Voicerecorder 4 4. 按下 [MENU] 按鈕。 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Play mode>。 PlayAll PlayAll PlayAll PlayAll oK MENU Exit oK oK oK MENU MENU U MEN Exit Exit Exit 1/3 5 6 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕以設定想要的 Voice Recorder 模式。 ◆ 錄音畫面顯示。 3. 按下 [PLAY] 按鈕或 [Joystick(OK)]。 ◆ 切換至語音播放清單畫面。 ◆ 使用 [joystick] 移至想要的語音檔案。 1/3 Voicerecorder 1/3 1/3 Voicerecorder 1/3 Voicerecorder 1/3 1/3 1/3 repeatone 1 repeatone Move repeatone repeatone oK 1 Move Move Move 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 1 1Select MENU Exit Select Select Select MENU MENU U MEN Exit Exit Exit oK oK oK 1/3 1 1 1/3 1/3 11 2007/01/0112:00:00AM 1/3 2007/01/0112:36:25AM 2007/01/0112:00:00AM 2007/01/0112:00:00AM 2007/01/0112:00:00AM 2007/01/0101:00:02AM 2007/01/0112:36:25AM 2007/01/0112:36:25AM 2007/01/0112:36:25AM 2007/01/0101:00:02AM 2007/01/0101:00:02AM 2007/01/0101:00:02AM Move oK Play Move Move Move oK oK oK Play Play Play 5. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇一個選項,然後 按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ <Play One>:選定的語音檔案將會刪除。 ◆ <Play All>:從選擇的檔案開始播放至最後一 個檔案。 ◆ <Repeat One>:您可以重複播放選定的語音 檔案。 ◆ <Repeat All>:所有的語音檔案將會重複播 放。 6. 按下 [MENU] 按鈕以結束選單。 ◆ 播放時將套用選擇的選項。 ◆ 選定的功能圖示將會顯示。 [ 附註 ] ✤ 語音播放時無法存取選單。 ✤ 當選單螢幕顯示時,按下 [Record / Stop] 按鈕將會 移至錄音模式。 65 2006-12-14 오후 1:54:49 ENGLISH Voice Recorder Mode : Setting the Voice Play Options 錄音機模式:設定語音播放選項 Locking Voice Files 鎖定語音檔案 You can lock saved important voice files from accidental erasure. Locked files will not be deleted unless you release the lock or format 1 the memory. 您可以防止已儲存之重要語音檔案被意外刪除。受保護的檔案將不會刪 除,除非您解除保護或格式化記憶體。 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 2. Set the Voice Recorder mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The voice record screen appears. 3. Press the [PLAY] button or [Joystick(OK)] ◆ Switches to the Voice Playlist screen. ◆ Move to the desired voice file, using the [Joystick]. 4. Press the [MENU] button. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Lock>. 5. Move the [joystick] up / down to select an option, and then press the [Joystick(OK)]. ◆ <Lock>: The selected voice file is locked. ◆ <Multi Select>: Multiple voice files can be selected using the [joystick(OK)]. < > indicator appears on the selected files. Press [PLAY] button. ◆ <Lock All>: All voice files are locked. ◆ <Unlock All>: Unlocks all voice files. [ Notes ] ✤ The < > icon is displayed on the locked file. ✤ You cannot access the menu during voice playback. ✤ While the menu screen is displayed, pressing the [Record / Stop] button will move to Voice Record mode. 66 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 055~0766 66 3 4 1 1 1/3 2007/01/0112:00:00AM 1/3 2007/01/0112:36:25AM 2007/01/0112:00:00AM 2007/01/0112:00:00AM 2007/01/0101:00:02AM 2007/01/0112:36:25AM 2007/01/0112:36:25AM 2007/01/0101:00:02AM 2007/01/0101:00:02AM Move oK Play Move Move oK oK oK Play Play Voicerecorder 1/3 1/3 Voicerecorder 2006/01/0112:00:00AM 1/3 Voicerecorder Lock 2006/01/0112:36:25AM 2006/01/0 006/01/01 6/01/01 12:36 12:3 :36:25 :36: 66:25A : AM 2006/01/0112:00:00AM Lock Lock 2006/01/0112:00:00AM Lock 2006/01/0101:00:02AM 2006/01/0101:00:0 2006/01/01 006/01/01 66/01/01 01:00:0 :00: AM A 2006/01/0112:36:25AM 2006/01/0 006/01/01 12:3 12:36 :36:25 :36: 66:25A :022A AM MultiSelect 2006/01/0112:36:25AM 006/01/01 6/01/01 12:36 12:3 :36:25 :36: 66:25A : AM Lock 2006/01/0 Lock 2006/01/01 2006/01/0101:00:02AM 2006/01/0101:00:0 006/01/01 6 01:00:0 :00:022A AM A LockAll MultiSelect 2006/01/0101:00:02AM 2006/01/0101:00:0 2006/01/01 006/01/01 6 01:00:0 :00:022A AM A MultiSelect LockAll oK Select MENU Exit Move LockAll Move Move 5 1/3 oK oK oK Select Select Voicerecorder 1/3 MENU MENU MENU Exit Exit 1/3 Voicerecorder 2006/01/0112:00:00AM 1/3 Voicerecorder Lock 2006/01/0112:36:25AM 2006/01/0 006/01/01 6/01/01 12:36 12:3 :36:25 :36: 66:25A : AM 2006/01/0112:00:00AM Lock Lock 2006/01/0112:00:00AM Lock 2006/01/0101:00:02AM 2006/01/0101:00:0 2006/01/01 006/01/01 66/01/01 01:00:0 :00: AM A 2006/01/0112:36:25AM 2006/01/0 006/01/01 12:3 12:36 :36:25 :36: 66:25A :022A AM MultiSelect 2006/01/0112:36:25AM 006/01/01 6/01/01 12:36 12:3 :36:25 :36: 66:25A : AM Lock 2006/01/0 2006/01/0101:00:02AM 2006/01/0101:00:0 006/01/01 6 01:00:0 :00:022A AM A Lock 2006/01/01 LockAll MultiSelect 2006/01/0101:00:02AM 2006/01/0101:00:0 2006/01/01 006/01/01 6 01:00:0 :00:022A AM A MultiSelect LockAll oK MENU Move Select Exit LockAll Move Move oK oK oK Select Select Exit Exit 1/3 1 1 1 MENU MENU MENU 1/3 2007/01/0112:00:00AM 1/3 2007/01/0112:36:25AM 2007/01/0112:00:00AM 2007/01/0112:00:00AM 2007/01/0101:00:02AM 2007/01/0112:36:25AM 2007/01/0112:36:25AM 2007/01/0101:00:02AM 2007/01/0101:00:02AM Move oK Play Move Move oK oK oK Play Play 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕以設定想要的 Voice Recorder 模式。 ◆ 錄音畫面顯示。 3. 按下 [PLAY] 按鈕或 [Joystick(OK)]。 ◆ 切換至語音播放清單畫面。 ◆ 使用搖桿移至想要的語音檔案。 4. 按下 [MENU] 按鈕。 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Lock>。 5. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇一個選項,然後 按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ <Lock>:選擇的語音檔案已鎖定。 ◆ <Multi Select>:可以使用 [joystick(OK)] 選擇 多個語音檔案。 < > 指示器將會出現在選取的檔案上。按下 [PLAY] 按鈕。 ◆ <Lock All>:全部語音檔案被鎖定。 ◆ <Unlock All>:取消鎖定所有語音檔案。 [ 附註 ] ✤ < > 圖示顯示於鎖定的檔案上。 ✤ 語音播放時無法存取選單。 ✤ 當選單螢幕顯示時,按下 [Record / Stop] 按鈕將會 移至錄音模式。 2006-12-14 오후 1:54:53 ENGLISH 4 4 Using File Browser Movie Viewing Files or Folders.........................................................68 Deleting Files or Folders.........................................................69 Locking Files...........................................................................70 Viewing File Information.........................................................71 使用檔案瀏覽器 檢視檔案或資料夾.............................................................68 刪除檔案或資料夾.............................................................69 鎖定檔案...........................................................................70 Movie 檢視檔案資訊....................................................................71 ◆ 將重要資料/錄製內容另外儲存於其他媒體,避免由於系統故 障或其他原因導致資料意外遺失。 ◆ Save important data / recordings separately on other media, to avoid accidental loss due to a system failure or other MP3 reasons. MP3 W Voicerecorder W T How to set to File Browser mode Power button 如何設定檔案瀏覽器模式 U MEN FileBrowser E MOD E DELET E DC IN 2. Set the File Browser mode by pressing the [MODE] button. DISPLAY DELET 1. 按下 [POWER] 按鈕以開啟運 動攝錄放影機。 HOLD HOLD 1. Press the [POWER] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. 電源 按鈕 FileBrowser E MOD DC IN U MEN DISPLAY Voicerecorder T 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕以設 定想要的 File Browser 模式。 67 SystemSettings VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 055~0767 67 SystemSettings 2006-12-14 오후 1:54:54 ENGLISH Using File Browser 使用檔案瀏覽器 Viewing Files or Folders 檢視檔案或資料夾 You can play back the stored file (AVI, MP3, WAV) in your Sports Camcorder. 您可以播放運動攝錄放影機上儲存的檔案(AVI、MP3、WAV)。 1/4 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 2 2. Set the File Browser mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The File Browser screen appears. MISC MISC MUSIC MISC MUSIC VIDEo MUSIC VIDEo VoICE VIDEo VoICE MISC VoICE MUSIC oK Play Move VIDEo oK Play Move MoveVoICEoK Play Move 3 3. Select the desired folder or file by moving the [joystick] up/down and then press the [Joystick(OK)]. ◆ Perform these steps repeatedly until the file you want to view appears. 4. The selected file will be played back. [ Notes ] ✤ If you slide the [W/T] switch to W(WIDE) in play mode, return to the file list screen. ✤ If you move the [Joystick] left, the previous folder 4 screen appears. ✤ If you press the [Record/Stop] button in File Browser mode, the Sports Camcorder switches to Movie Record mode. oK 1/4 1/4 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 1/4 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕以設定想要的 File Browser 模 式。 ◆ 檔案瀏覽器畫面會顯示。 Play /VIDEo /VIDEo 100SSMoV /VIDEo 100SSMoV 100SSMoV 3. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇想要的資料夾或 檔案,然後按下 [Joystick(OK)]。 ◆ 重複操作這些步驟直到您要檢視的檔案顯示。 /VIDEo 100SSMoV Move Move Move Move oK oK oK oK Play Play Play Play 4. 將播放選擇的檔案。 1/4 1/4 1/4 /VIDEo/100SSMoV /VIDEo/100SSMoV SMoV0001.AVI /VIDEo/100SSMoV SMoV0001.AVI 1/4 SMoV0002.AVI SMoV0001.AVI SMoV0002.AVI SMoV0003.AVI SMoV0002.AVI /VIDEo/100SSMoV SMoV0003.AVI SMoV0004.AVI SMoV0003.AVI SMoV0004.AVI SMoV0001.AVI oK Play MoveSMoV0004.AVI SMoV0002.AVI oK Play Move oK Play MoveSMoV0003.AVI SMoV0004.AVI 100-0001 00:00:05/00:05:20 100-0001 oK Play Move 00:00:05/00:05:20 720X480 100-0001 720X576 00:00:05/00:05:20 720X480 720X576 720X480 720X576 720X480 720X576 100-0001 00:00:05/00:05:20 01 01 01 01 [ 附註 ] ✤ 如果您在播放模式下滑動 [W/T] 開關至 W(廣 角),將返回檔案清單畫面。 ✤ 如果您向左移動 [Joystick],前一個資料夾畫面顯 示。 ✤ 如果在「檔案瀏覽器」模式下按 [Record/Stop] 按 鈕,運動攝錄放影機就會切換到「影片錄製」模 式。 68 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 055~0768 68 12:00AM2006/01/01 12:00AM2006/01/01 12:00AM2006/01/01 Sepia Sepia Sepia 12:00AM2006/01/01 Sepia 2006-12-14 오후 1:54:55 模 或 。 顯 按 模 ENGLISH Using File Browser 使用檔案瀏覽器 Deleting Files or Folders 刪除檔案或資料夾 1/4 You can delete the file (AVI, MP3, WAV) or folders you recorded. 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 2. Set the File Browser mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The File Browser screen appears. 3. Select the desired file or folder by using the [Joystick(OK)]. ◆ Move the [Joystick] up/down and press the [Joystick(OK)] repeatedly until the file or folder you want appears. 4. Press the [DELETE] button on the LCD monitor. Select an option by moving the [joystick] up / down and then press the [joystick(OK)]. ◆ <OK>: The selected file or folder will be deleted. ◆ <Multi Select>: Multiple files or folders will be selected using the [joystick(OK)]. < ✔ > indicator appears on the selected files or folders. Press the [PLAY] button. ◆ <All>: All files or folders will be deleted. ◆ <Cancel>: Cancels deleting files or folders. [ Notes ] ✤ If you slide the [W/T] switch to W(WIDE) in play mode, it returns to the previous screen. ✤ Once deleted, a file can not be restored. ✤ Locked files will not be deleted. ✤ The folder with a locked file will not be deleted. Only unlocked files in the folder will be deleted. ✤ If you move the [Joystick] left, the previous folder screen appears. ✤ If you press the [Record/Stop] button in File Browser mode, the Sports Camcorder switches to Movie Record mode. 2 您可以刪除錄製的檔案(AVI、MP3、WAV)或資料夾。 MISC MUSIC MISC VIDEo VoICE MUSIC MISC VIDEo MUSIC MISC VoICE MUSICoK Play MoveVIDEo VoICE VIDEo MoveVoICE oK Play Move oK Play Move oK Play MISC 4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 MISC 1/4 MISC MISC Select Select Select 1/4 Select MISC 1/4 1/4 MISC MISC Move Move oK oK Move oK Move oK Select Select Select Select 1/3 MUSIC 1/3 VIDEo 1/3 VoICE MUSIC 1/3 VIDEo MUSIC VoICE VIDEo MUSIC VoICE Play Move VIDEooKoKPlay Move VoICE Move Move 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕以設定想要的 File Browser 模 式。 ◆ 檔案瀏覽器畫面會顯示。 3. 使用 [Joystick(OK)] 選擇想要的檔案或資料夾。 ◆ 向上或向下移動 [Joystick] 然後重複按下 [Joystick(OK)] 直到您要的檔案或資料夾顯示。 4. 按下 LCD 顯示器上的 [DELETE] 按鈕。向上或向 下移動[joystick] 然後按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ <OK>:選定的檔案或資料夾被刪除。 ◆ <Multi Select>:可以使用 [joystick(OK)] 選擇 多個檔案或資料夾。 < ✔ > 指示器將會出現在選取的檔案上。按下 [PLAY] 按鈕。 ◆ <All>:所有的檔案或資料夾將會刪除。 ◆ <Cancel>:取消刪除檔案或資料夾。 1/4 MISC Move Move Move Move VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 055~0769 69 1/4 1/4 Play Play Play Play oK Play oK Play oK oK oK oK [ 附註 ] ✤ 如果您在播放模式下滑動 [W/T] 開關至 W(廣 角),將返回上一個畫面。 ✤ 一旦刪除了檔案,就不能恢復它了。 ✤ 鎖定的檔案將無法刪除。 ✤ 包含鎖定檔案的資料夾將無法刪除。只有未鎖定 的檔案將被刪除。 ✤ 如果您向左移動 [Joystick],上一個資料夾畫面顯 示。 ✤ 如果在「檔案瀏覽器」模式下按 [Record/Stop] 按 鈕,運動攝錄放影機就會切換到「影片錄製」模 式。 69 2006-12-14 오후 1:54:56 ENGLISH Using File Browser Locking Files 鎖定檔案 You can lock the important files so they can not be deleted. 您可以鎖定重要的檔案防止它們被刪除。 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the 2 Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 2. Set the File Browser mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The File Browser screen appears. 3. Select the desired file or folder by using the [Joystick(OK)]. ◆ Move the [Joystick] up/down and press the [Joystick(OK)] repeatedly until the file you want 3 appears. 4. Press the [MENU] button. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Lock>. 5. Move the [joystick] up / down to select an option, and then press the [joystick(OK)]. ◆ <Lock>: The selected file is locked. ◆ <Multi Select>: Multiple files can be selected 4 using the [joystick(OK)]. < > indicator appears on the selected files. Press the [PLAY] button. ◆ <Lock All>: All files are locked. ◆ <Unlock All>: Unlocking all files. 70 使用檔案瀏覽器 [ Notes ] ✤ You can’t lock folders. ✤ The < > icon is displayed when the file is 5 locked. ✤ If you slide the [W/T] switch to W(WIDE) in play mode, return to the file list screen. ✤ If you move the [Joystick] left, the previous folder screen appears. ✤ If you press the [Record/Stop] button in File Browser mode, the Sports Camcorder switches to Movie Record mode. VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 055~0770 70 1/4 1/4 1/4 MISC MISC MISC MUSIC MUSIC VIDEo MUSIC VIDEo VoICE VIDEo VoICE VoICE Move Move Move oK oK oK oK 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕以設定想要的 File Browser 模 式。 ◆ 檔案瀏覽器畫面會顯示。 3. 使用 [Joystick(OK)] 選擇想要的檔案或資料夾。 ◆ 向上或向下移動 [Joystick] 然後重複按下 [Joystick(OK)] 直到您要的檔案顯示。 4. 按下 [MENU] 按鈕。 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Lock>。 5. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇一個選項,然後 按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ <Lock>:選擇的檔案已鎖定。 ◆ <Multi Select>:可以使用 [joystick(OK)] 選擇 多個檔案。 < > 指示器將會出現在選取的檔案上。按下 [PLAY] 按鈕。 ◆ <Lock All>:全部檔案被鎖定。 ◆ <Unlock All>:取消鎖定全部檔案。 Play Play Play 1/4 1/4 1/4 /VIDEo/100SSMoV /VIDEo/100SSMoV /VIDEo/100SSMoV SMoV0001.AVI SMoV0001.AVI SMoV0001.AVI SMoV0002.AVI SMoV0002.AVI SMoV0002.AVI SMoV0003.AVI SMoV0003.AVI SMoV0003.AVI SMoV0004.AVI SMoV0004.AVI SMoV0004.AVI Move Move Move oK oK oK oK Play Play Play 1/4 1/4 1/4 FileBrowser FileBrowser FileBrowser Move Move Move oK oK oK oK Select Select Select MENU MENU MENU MENU 1/4 1/4 1/4 /VIDEo/100SSMoV /VIDEo/100SSMoV /VIDEo/100SSMoV SMoV0001.AVI SMoV0001.AVI SMoV0001.AVI SMoV0002.AVI SMoV0002.AVI SMoV0002.AVI SMoV0003.AVI SMoV0003.AVI SMoV0003.AVI SMoV0004.AVI SMoV0004.AVI SMoV0004.AVI Move Move Move oK oK oK oK Play Play Play Exit Exit Exit [ 附註 ] ✤ 資料夾無法鎖定。 ✤ < > 圖示顯示於鎖定的檔案上。 ✤ 如果您在播放模式下滑動 [W/T] 開關至 W(廣 角),將返回檔案清單畫面。 ✤ 如果您向左移動 [Joystick],上一個資料夾畫面顯 示。 ✤ 如果在「檔案瀏覽器」模式下按 [Record/Stop] 按 鈕,運動攝錄放影機就會切換到「影片錄製」模 式。 2006-12-14 오후 1:54:58 模 。 後 擇 下 顯 按 模 ENGLISH Using File Browser 使用檔案瀏覽器 Viewing File Information 檢視檔案資訊 You can see the file name, format, size and date. 您可以檢視檔案名稱、格式、大小和日期。 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 2 2. Set the File Browser mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The File Browser screen appears. 3. Select the desired file list by using the [Joystick(OK)]. Move the [joystick] up / down to want to view file information. ◆ Move the [Joystick] up/down and press the [Joystick(OK)] repeatedly until the file list you want appears. 4. Press the [MENU] button. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <File Info.>. MISC MISC MUSIC MISC MUSIC VIDEo MUSIC VIDEo VoICE VIDEo VoICE VoICE Move Move Move Move Move Move 3 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕以設定想要的 File Browser 模 式。 ◆ 檔案瀏覽器畫面會顯示。 Play Play Play Play Play Play oK oK oK oK oK oK oK oK 1/4 1/4 1/4 /VIDEo/100SSMoV /VIDEo/100SSMoV SMoV0001.AVI /VIDEo/100SSMoV SMoV0001.AVI SMoV0002.AVI SMoV0001.AVI SMoV0002.AVI SMoV0003.AVI SMoV0002.AVI SMoV0003.AVI SMoV0004.AVI SMoV0003.AVI SMoV0004.AVI SMoV0004.AVI oK oK oK oK 4 1/4 1/4 1/4 3. 使用 [joystick(OK)] 選擇想要的檔案清單。 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 以檢視檔案資訊。 ◆ 向上或向下移動 [Joystick] 然後重複按下 [Joystick(OK)] 直到您要的檔案清單顯示。 Play Play Play FileBrowser FileBrowser FileBrowser 4. 按下 [MENU] 按鈕。 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <File Info.>。 1/13 1/13 1/13 5. press the [joystick(OK)] to view the file information. ◆ The screen with file name, size, date, locked state appears. 6. Press the [joystick(OK)] to finish viewing file information. [ Notes ] ✤ You cannot view folder information. You can only view file information. ✤ If you move the [Joystick] left, the previous folder screen appears. ✤ If you press the [Record/Stop] button in File Browser mode, the Sports Camcorder switches to Movie Record mode. VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 055~0771 71 5. 按下 [joystick(OK)] 以檢視檔案資訊。 ◆ 含有檔案名稱、大小、日期、鎖定狀態的畫面 顯示。 Move Move Move 5 oK MENU oK oK oK MENU MENU MENU Exit Exit Exit 1/4 FileBrowser 1/4 FileBrowser 1/4 FileBrowser SMoV0001.AVI FileInfo. SMoV0001.AVI Size92805bytes FileInfo. SMoV0001.AVI FileInfo. Size92805bytes Date2007/01/01 oKSize92805bytes Date2007/01/01 12:00:00AM oKDate2007/01/01 oK 12:00:00AM LockedNo 12:00:00AM LockedNo Close:oK LockedNo Move Move Move oK oK oK oK Close:oK Close:oK MENU Exit Close:oK Select MENU Exit MENU Select MENU Select Exit 6. 按下 [joystick(OK)] 結束檢視檔案畫面。 [ 附註 ] ✤ 資料夾資訊無法檢視。僅可以檢視檔案資訊。 ✤ 如果您向左移動 [Joystick],上一個資料夾畫面顯 示。 ✤ 如果在「檔案瀏覽器」模式下按 [Record/Stop] 按 鈕,運動攝錄放影機就會切換到「影片錄製」模 式。 71 2006-12-14 오후 1:54:59 Movie ENGLISH 5 Setting USB Mode......................................................................................... 73 Setting USB Mode..................................................................................... 73 Setting Memory............................................................................................. 74 MP3 Setting the File No. Function..................................................................... 74 Format....................................................................................................... 75 Viewing Memory Space............................................................................ 76 Adjusting the LCD monitor.......................................................................... 77 Adjusting the LCD Brightness................................................................... 77 Adjusting Date/Time..................................................................................... 78 Setting Date&Time.................................................................................... 78 Voicerecorder Setting Date Format.................................................................................. 79 Setting Time Format.................................................................................. 80 Setting Date/Time Display......................................................................... 81 Setting the System Settings........................................................................ 82 Setting the Beep Sound............................................................................ 82 Setting Start-up Mode............................................................................... 83 Resetting the Sports Camcorder............................................................... 84 Selecting Language................................................................................... 85 FileBrowser Setting the Auto Shut off........................................................................... 86 Setting the Demonstration Function.......................................................... 87 Viewing Version Information..................................................................... 88 Using USB Mode........................................................................................... 89 Transferring files to a computer................................................................ 89 Using the PC Cam Function..................................................................... 90 設定運動攝錄放影機 Movie 設定 USB 模式................................................................................................ 73 設定 USB 模式........................................................................................ 73 設定記憶體...................................................................................................... 74 設定檔案編號功能.................................................................................. 74 格式化.................................................................................................... 75 檢視記憶體空間...................................................................................... 76 調整 LCD 顯示器............................................................................................. 77 調整 LCD 亮度......................................................................................... 77 MP3 調整日期/時間................................................................................................. 78 設定日期和時間...................................................................................... 78 設定日期格式......................................................................................... 79 設定時間格式......................................................................................... 80 設定日期/時間顯示................................................................................. 81 設定系統設定.................................................................................................. 82 Voicerecorder 設定嗶聲................................................................................................. 82 設定起始模式......................................................................................... 83 重設運動攝錄放影機.............................................................................. 84 選擇語言................................................................................................. 85 設定自動關閉......................................................................................... 86 設定示範畫面功能.................................................................................. 87 檢視版本資訊......................................................................................... 88 FileBrowser 使用 USB 模式................................................................................................ 89 傳送檔案至電腦...................................................................................... 89 使用電腦攝像機功能.............................................................................. 90 ◆ Save important data / recordings separately on other media, to avoid accidental loss due to a system failure or other reasons. W ◆ 將重要資料/錄製內容另外儲存於其他媒體,避免由於系統故障或其他原因 W 導致資料意外遺失。 T T How to set to System Settings mode U MEN Power button 如何設定系統設定模式 U MEN SystemSettings E 1. Press the [POWER] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. DC IN 72 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 055~0772 72 SystemSettings ISPLAY 2. Set the System Settings D mode by pressing the [MODE] button. MOD ELETE D HOLD D HOLD DISPLAY 電源 按鈕 E MOD ELETE 1. 按下 [POWER] 按鈕以開啟運 動攝錄放影機。 DC IN 5 Setting the Sports Camcorder 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕設定 System Settings 模式。 2006-12-14 오후 1:55:00 SystemSettings ENGLISH Setting the Sports Camcorder : Setting USB Mode USBMode 設定運動攝錄放影機:設定 USB 模式 Ver. MassStorage Setting USB Mode PC-Cam Before connecting your Sports Camcorder to a computer via USB, Move please set the proper USB mode. 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 3 設定 USB 模式 透過 USB 將運動攝錄放影機連線到電腦之前,請設定正確的 USB 模 oK Select 式。 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 SystemSettings Ver. USBMode MassStorage 3. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <USB Mode>. 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕設定 System Settings 模式。 ◆ 系統設定畫面會顯示。 PC-Cam 2. Set the System Settings mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The System Settings screen appears. Move 4 oK Select 3. 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <USB Mode>。 SystemSettings Ver. USBMode 4. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇一個選項,然後 按下 [joystick(OK)]。 MassStorage 4. Move the [joystick] up / down to select an option, and then press the [joystick(OK)]. PC-Cam Move oK Select Transferring files from the Sports Camcorder to your SystemSettingsMass Storage 從運動攝錄放影機傳送檔案至您的電腦 ➥第 89 頁 Mass Storage computer. ➥page 89 Ver. USBMode PC-Cam You can use the Sports Camcorder as a PCMassStorage camera for video chatting, video conference and other PC PC-Cam camera applications. ➥page 90 Move [ Notes ] ✤ By default, manufacturer’s setting is the Mass Storage. ✤ Before connecting the USB cable, check if the Sports Camcorder is set to the appropriate USB mode you want to use. oK PC-Cam 您可以把運動攝錄放影機作為電腦攝像機使用,用來 進行視訊聊天,視訊會議和其他電腦攝像機應用。 ➥第 90 頁 Select [ 附註 ] ✤ 根據預設,製造商的設定是「大容量記憶體」 ✤ 連接 USB 線纜之前,檢查運動攝錄放影機是否已設定爲想要使用的 相應 USB 模式。 73 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 073~0973 73 2007-03-28 오전 9:48:09 ENGLISH Setting the Sports Camcorder 設定運動攝錄放影機:設定記憶體 : Setting Memory Setting the File No. Function 設定檔案編號功能 You can set the file numbers so that they reset each time the memory card is formatted, or so that they count up continuously. 您可以設定檔案編號,以便在每次格式化記憶卡時重新設定,或用以連 續向上計數。 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 3 FileNo. FileNo. Series Series reset reset 2. Set the System Settings mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The System Settings screen appears. 3. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <File No.>. SystemSettings SystemSettings Move Move 4 oK oK 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕設定 System Settings 模式。 ◆ 系統設定畫面會顯示。 Select Select SystemSettings SystemSettings 3. 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <File No.>。 FileNo. FileNo. Series Series reset reset 4. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇一個選項,然後 按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ <Series>:記憶卡之間的編號是連續的,因 4. Move the [joystick] up / down to select an 此新的記憶卡中指定的第一個檔案編號,會比 option, and then press the [joystick(OK)]. oK Select Move oK Select Move ◆ <Series>: Numbering is continuous between 上一個記憶卡中指定的最後一個檔案編號大 1 the memory cards, so that the first file number assigned on a 號。 new memory card is 1 more than the last file number assigned ◆ <Reset>:當儲存記憶體格式化時,檔案編號將會回到其預設值 on the previous memory card. (100-0001)。 ◆ <Reset>: When the storage memory is formatted, the file number goes back to its default value (100-0001). 5. 完成後,按下 [MODE] 按鈕移至想要的模式。 5. After you finish, move to the desired mode by pressing the [MODE] button. [ Note ] ✤ When you set <File No.> to <Series>, each file is assigned with a different number so as to avoid duplicating file names. It is convenient when you want to manage your files on a PC. [ 附註 ] ✤ 將 <File No.> 設定為 <Series> 時,每個檔案將會指定不同的編號以避 免檔名重複。這樣就可以在 個人電腦上方便地管理您的檔案。 74 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 073~0974 74 2006-12-14 오후 1:57:58 連 。 後 比 1 值 避 SystemSettings Format SystemSettings Start ENGLISH Setting the Sports Camcorder Format Start 設定運動攝錄放影機:設定記憶體 : Setting Memory Move Select oK Format Move You can format the memory card to erase all files. 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 3 4. Press the [Joystick(OK)]. ◆ <Start>: Format the memory card. - When the [Joystick(OK)] is pressed, the popup message appears. - Select <OK> or <Cancel> by moving the [Joystick] up / down and then press the [Joystick(OK)]. 5. After you finish setting, move to the desired mode by pressing the [MODE] button. [ Warning ] ✤ Previous information can not be restored after formatting. 格式化 Select 可以格式化記憶卡以擦除所有檔案。 SystemSettings Format 2. Set the System Settings mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The System Settings screen appears. 3. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Format>. oK 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕設定 System Settings 模式。 ◆ 系統設定畫面會顯示。 Start SystemSettings Move 4 oK Select Format SystemSettings Internal External oK Format Internal Move External Move Cancel oK Select oK Cancel oK Select 3. 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Format>。 4. 按 [Joystick(OK)]。 ◆ <Start>:格式化記憶體。 - 按下 [Joystick(OK)] 時,快顯訊息會顯示。 - 向上或向下移動 [Joystick] 選擇 <OK> 或 Doyouwanttoformat? <Cancel>,然後按下 [Joystick(OK)]。 Doyouwanttoformat?[MODE] 按鈕移至想要的模 5. 完成設定後,按下 式。 SystemSettings Nowformatting... SystemSettings Format SystemSettings Internal Format External Nowformatting... Format Internal Internal External Move External oK oK Select Cancel oK Select Move [ Notes ] oK ✤ There is no guarantee on the operation of the memory cardMove which Select has not been formatted on the Sports Camcorder. Make sure to format the memory card on the Sports Camcorder before using. ✤ If the memory card is not inserted, you can't use the formatSystemSettings function. ✤ A memory card with the protection tab set to lock will not beNowformatting... Format formatted. Internal External Move VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 073~0975 75 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 oK [ Warning ] ✤ 之前的資訊將無法在格式化後恢復。 [ 附註 ] Doyouwanttoformat? ✤ 未使用運動攝錄放影機格式化的記憶卡,不保證 其正常操作。請確定使用記憶卡前先使用運動攝 錄放影機進行格式化。 ✤ 如果沒有插入記憶卡,就不能使用格式化功能。 ✤ 不能格式化保護卡舌設定爲鎖定的記憶卡。 75 Select 2006-12-19 오후 2:36:07 ENGLISH Setting the Sports Camcorder 設定運動攝錄放影機:設定記憶體 : Setting Memory Viewing Memory Space 檢視記憶體空間 You can check used memory space and total memory space of the memory card. 可以檢查記憶卡的已使用記憶體空間和總記憶體空間。 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 4 12 MemorySpace Memorycard 2. Set the System Settings mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The System Settings screen appears. 3. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Memory Space>. 4. The used memory space and total memory space are displayed. 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 SystemSettings 3MB/983MB 24 1 2 Move 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕設定 System Settings 模 式。 ◆ 系統設定畫面會顯示。 Memory Space 1 2 sed memory capacity indicator U Total memory capacity indicator 5. After you viewing memory space, move to the desired mode by pressing the [MODE] button. 3. 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Memory Space>。 4. 已使用的記憶體空間以及總記憶體空間將會顯示。 5. 檢視記憶體空間後,按下 [MODE] 按鈕移至想要的模式。 [ Notes ] ✤ System requires a small portion of memory space, actual storage capacity may differ from the printed memory capacity. ✤ If the memory card is not inserted, you will see <No Memory Card!> on the LCD monitor. ✤ The OSD indicators of this manual are based on memory capacity of 1GB (MMC). [ 附註 ] ✤ 系統需要使用一小部份的記憶體空間,實際的儲存容量可能會與發 表的記憶體容量不同。 ✤ 如果沒有插入記憶卡,將在 LCD 顯示器中看到 <No Memory Card!>。 ✤ 本手冊的 OSD 指示器基於 1GB (MMC) 記憶體容量。 76 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 073~0976 76 2006-12-14 오후 1:58:00 ENGLISH Setting the Sports Camcorder 設定運動攝錄放影機:調整 LCD 顯示器 : Adjusting the LCD monitor Adjusting the LCD Brightness 調整 LCD 亮度 You can adjust the brightness of the LCD monitor to compensate for 您可以調整 LCD 顯示器的亮度,以補償周圍環境的光線條件。 SystemSettings ambient lighting conditions. 12 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 3 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 SystemSettings 30% 12 24 LCDBrightness Move 2. Set the System Settings mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The System Settings screen appears. 3. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <LCD Brightness>. 24 LCDBrightness Move 4 Adjust oK Set Adjust oK Set 30% 3. 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <LCD Brightness>。 SystemSettings 12 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕設定 System Settings 模式。 ◆ 系統設定畫面會顯示。 24 LCDBrightness SystemSettings 4. Move the [joystick] up / down to adjust the 60% brightness, and then press the [joystick(OK)]. LCDBrightness ◆ Moving the [joystick] up will brighten the Move Adjust 60% screen whereas moving it down will darken the screen. ◆ B rightness range: You can adjust the LCD Brightness from Move 0% Adjust to 100%. 12 24 oK Set oK Set 4. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 調整亮度,然後按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ 向上移動 [joystick] 將使螢幕變亮,向下移動則 使螢幕變暗。 ◆ 亮度範圍:您可以調整 LCD 亮度從 0% 到 100%。 5. After you finish setting, move to the desired mode by pressing 5. 完成設定後,按下 [MODE] 按鈕移至想要的模式。 the [MODE] button. [ Notes ] ✤ A brighter LCD screen setting consumes more battery power. ✤ Adjust the LCD brightness when the ambient lighting is too bright and the monitor is hard to see. ✤ LCD Brightness does not affect the brightness of images to be stored. [ 附註 ] ✤ 較亮的 LCD 螢幕設定將會消耗較多的電池電量。 ✤ 當環境照明太亮和顯示器難以清楚檢視時,請調整 LCD 亮度。 ✤ LCD 亮度不會影響已儲存影像的亮度。 77 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 073~0977 77 2006-12-14 오후 1:58:00 ENGLISH Setting the Sports Camcorder 設定運動攝錄放影機:調整日期/時間 : Adjusting Date/Time Setting Date&Time 設定日期和時間 You can set the date/time using this menu. 您可以使用此選單來設定日期/時間。 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 3 12 12 Date/TimeSet 4. Set the desired value by moving the [joystick] up / down. 24 24 2007 01 01 2. Set the System Settings mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The System Settings screen appears. 3. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Date/Time Set> and then press the [joystick(OK)]. 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 SystemSettings 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕設定 System Settings 模式。 ◆ 系統設定畫面會顯示。 12:00AM Move 4 oK oK Set 3. 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Date/Time Set>,然後按下 [joystick(OK)]。 SystemSettings 12 12 Date/TimeSet 24 24 2007 01 01 4. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 設定所需的值。 12:00AM Move 5. Move to the next item by moving the [joystick] left / right, and then set values by moving the [joystick] up / down. ◆ Items are displayed in the order of the date format. ◆ By default, it appears in the order of Year, Month, Date, Hour, Minute and AM/PM. Adjust oK oK Set 5. 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 移至下個項目,然後 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 設定值。 ◆ 項目將以日期格式的順序顯示。 ◆ 根據預設,它將會以年份、月份、日、小時和 分鐘和上午/下午的順序顯示。 6. After setting the last item, press the [Joystick(OK)] to finish the setting. 6. 設定最後一個項目之後,按下 [Joystick(OK)] 完成設定。 7. After you finish setting, move to the desired mode by pressing the [MODE] button. 7. 完成設定後,按下 [MODE] 按鈕移至想要的模式。 [ Notes ] ✤ See page 81 to set the <Date/Time> to display on the LCD. ✤ You can set the year up to 2037. [ 附註 ] ✤ 參閱第 81 頁瞭解如何設定將日期/時間顯示於 LCD。 ✤ 您最多可以將年份設定為 2037。 78 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 073~0978 78 2006-12-14 오후 1:58:01 。 後 和 ENGLISH Setting the Sports Camcorder 設定運動攝錄放影機:調整日期/時間 : Adjusting Date/Time Setting Date Format 設定日期格式 SystemSettings 您可以選擇要顯示的日期格式。 You can select the date format to display. 12 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 2. Set the System Settings mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The System Settings screen appears. 3 12 DD/MM/YY Move MM/DD/YY Move 4 24 oK Select oK Select M M 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕設定 System Settings 模式。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 SystemSettings 12 3. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Date Format>. 24 DateFormat SystemSettings YY/MM/DD DD/MM/YY DateFormat MM/DD/YY YY/MM/DD 24 M 24 M DateFormat SystemSettings YY/MM/DD DD/MM/YY DateFormat MM/DD/YY YY/MM/DD DD/MM/YY 4. Move the [joystick] up / down to select an Move MM/DD/YY option, and then press the [Joystick(OK)]. ◆ <YY/MM/DD>: The date is displayed in the order of Year / Move Month / Date. ◆ <DD/MM/YY>: The date is displayed in the order of Date / Month / Year. ◆ <MM/DD/YY>: The date is displayed in the order of Month / Date / Year. 5. After you finish setting, move to the desired mode by pressing the [MODE] button. 12 oK Select oK Select 3. 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Date Format>。 4. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇一個選項,然後 按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ <YY/MM/DD>:日期以年/月/日的順序顯示。 ◆ <DD/MM/YY>:日期以日/月/年的順序顯示。 ◆ <MM/DD/YY>:日期以月/日/年的順序顯示。 5. 完成設定後,按下 [MODE] 按鈕移至想要的模式。 79 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 073~0979 79 2006-12-14 오후 1:58:02 ENGLISH Setting the Sports Camcorder 設定運動攝錄放影機:調整日期/時間 : Adjusting Date/Time Setting Time Format 設定時間格式 You can select the time format to display. 您可以選擇要顯示的時間格式。 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 3 12 24 M 24 M TimeFormat TimeFormat 12Hour 12 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 12Hour 24Hour 24Hour 2. Set the System Settings mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The System Settings screen appears. Move Move 4 3. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Time Format>. SystemSettings SystemSettings oK oK SystemSettings SystemSettings 12 24 M 24 M TimeFormat TimeFormat 12Hour 12 12Hour 24Hour 24Hour 4. Move the [joystick] up / down to select an Move option, and then press the [Joystick(OK)]. Move ◆ <12 Hour>: The time is displayed as the unit of 12 hours. ◆ <24 Hour>: The time is displayed as the unit of 24 hours. 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕設定 System Settings 模式。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 Select Select oK oK Select Select 3. 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Time Format>。 4. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇一個選項,然後 按下 [Joystick(OK)]。 ◆ <12 Hour>:時間以 12 小時制顯示。 ◆ <24 Hour>:時間以 24 小時制顯示。 5. After you finish setting, move to the desired mode by pressing the [MODE] button. 5. 完成設定後,按下 [MODE] 按鈕移至想要的模式。 80 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 073~0980 80 2006-12-14 오후 1:58:02 。 後 ENGLISH Setting the Sports Camcorder 設定運動攝錄放影機:調整日期/時間 : Adjusting Date/Time Setting Date/Time Display 設定日期/時間顯示 You can set to display date and time on the LCD monitor. 您可以設定在 LCD 顯示器上顯示日期與時間。 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 2. Set the System Settings mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The System Settings screen appears. 3 12 12 24 1224 24 Move Move 12 12 24 1224 24 SystemSettings SystemSettings Move Move 5 720i 720i 720i FF F 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕設定 System Settings 模式。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 Select Select oK oK oK 3. 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Date/Time>。 M M M Date/Time Date/Time Date Date Time Time Date/Time Date/Time 3. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Date/ Time>. 4. Move the [joystick] up / down to select an option, and then press the [joystick(OK)]. ◆ <Off>: The date and time are not displayed. ◆ <Date>: The date is displayed. ◆ <Time>: The time is displayed. ◆ <Date/Time>: The date and time are displayed. M M M Date/Time Date/Time off off Date Date Time Time 4 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 SystemSettings SystemSettings 4. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇一個選項,然後 按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ <Off>:日期與時間將不會顯示。 ◆ <Date>:日期將會顯示。 ◆ <Time>:時間將會顯示。 ◆ <Date/Time>:日期與時間將會顯示。 Select Select oK oK oK STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 recording... recording... SS S 12:00AM2007.01.01 12:00AM2007.01.01 5. After you finish setting, move to the desired mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The selected Date/Time is displayed in Movie mode. Sepia Sepia 5. 完成設定後,按下 [MODE] 按鈕移至想要的模 式。 ◆ 所選日期/時間會在「影片」模式下顯示。 81 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 073~0981 81 2006-12-14 오후 1:58:04 ENGLISH Setting the Sports Camcorder 設定運動攝錄放影機:設定系統設定 : Setting the System Settings Setting the Beep Sound 設定嗶聲 You can set the beep sound to on/off. When on, a beep will sound every time a button is pressed. 您可以將「嗶聲」設定為開啟/關閉。開啟時,每次按下按鈕時將會發 出一個嗶聲。 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 3 on BeepSound off on 4 4. Move the [joystick] up / down to select an option, and then press the [joystick(OK)]. ◆ <On>: Turn the beep sound on. ◆ <Off>: Turn the beep sound off. 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 M off 2. Set the System Settings mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The System Settings screen appears. 3. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Beep Sound>. SystemSettings M SystemSettings BeepSound Move oK Select Move oK Select 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕設定 System Settings 模式。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 3. 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Beep Sound>。 SystemSettings M SystemSettings BeepSound on BeepSound off on M off Move oK Select Move oK Select 4. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇一個選項,然後 按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ <On>:開啟嗶聲。 ◆ <Off>:關閉嗶聲。 5. 完成設定後,按下 [MODE] 按鈕移至想要的模式。 5. After you finish setting, move to the desired mode by pressing the [MODE] button. [ Note ] ✤ When the earphones, Audio / Video cable or *External Camera Module is connected to the Sports Camcorder, the <Beep Sound> function will not operate. *: VP-X300L only [ 附註 ] ✤ 當運動攝錄放影機接上耳機、音訊/視訊纜線或*外接式相機模組 時,<Beep Sound> 功能將無法操作。 *: 僅適用於 VP-X300L 82 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 073~0982 82 2006-12-14 오후 1:58:05 發 。 ENGLISH Setting the Sports Camcorder 設定運動攝錄放影機:設定系統設定 : Setting the System Settings Setting Start-up Mode 設定起始模式 You can select the starting mode displayed when you turn the Sports Camcorder on. 您可以選擇開啟運動攝錄放影機時顯示的起始模式。 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. SystemSettings SystemSettings M Start-up M DEMo DEMo MovieMode PreviousMode 3. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Start-up>. 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 Start-up MovieMode 2. Set the System Settings mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The System Settings screen appears. 。 後 3 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕設定 System Settings 模式。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 PreviousMode 4 Move oK Select Move oK Select 3. 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Start-up>。 SystemSettings SystemSettings M Start-up M Start-up MovieMode MovieMode PreviousMode DEMo DEMo 4. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇一個選項,然後 按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ <Movie Mode>:運動攝錄放影機以影片模式 起始。 ◆ <Previous Mode>:運動攝錄放影機以上次使 用的模式起始。(「系統設定」模式除外) 4. Move the [joystick] up / down to select an PreviousMode option, and then press the [joystick(OK)]. oK Select Move ◆ <Movie Mode>: The Sports Camcorder oK Select Move starts up in the Movie mode. ◆ <Previous Mode>: The Sports Camcorder starts up in the mode you used last. (except the System Settings mode) 5. 完成設定後,按下 [MODE] 按鈕移至想要的模式。 5. After you finish setting, move to the desired mode by pressing the [MODE] button. [ 附註 ] ✤ 請確定再次開啟運動攝錄放影機時,已將起始模式設定為選擇的模 式。 [ Note ] ✤ Make sure that the start-up mode is set to the selected mode when turning on the Sports Camcorder again. 83 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 073~0983 83 2006-12-14 오후 1:58:06 ENGLISH Setting the Sports Camcorder 設定運動攝錄放影機:設定系統設定 : Setting the System Settings Resetting the Sports Camcorder 重設運動攝錄放影機 You can reset the Sports Camcorder to the default (factory) settings. 您可以重設運動攝錄放影機為預設(原廠)設定。 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 3 SystemSettings M DEMo Move 3. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Reset> and then press the [joystick(OK)]. ◆ The Sports Camcorder will be initialized to the default settings. [ Warning ] ✤ If you reset the Sports Camcorder, all functions you set are re-initialized to the default (factory) settings. [ Note ] ✤ After resetting the Sports Camcorder, set <Date/Time Set>. ➥page 78 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 reset oK 2. Set the System Settings mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The System Settings screen appears. Ver. 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕設定 System Settings 模式。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 oK Select 3. 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Reset>,然後 按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ 運動攝錄放影機將以預設設定起始。 [ Warning ] ✤ 如果您重設運動攝錄放影機,您設定的所有功能將重新起始化為預 設(出廠)設定值。 [ 附註 ] ✤ 重設運動攝錄放影機後,設定 <Date/Time Set>。➥第 78 頁 84 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 073~0984 84 2006-12-14 오후 1:58:07 。 後 預 ENGLISH Setting the Sports Camcorder 設定運動攝錄放影機:設定系統設定 : Setting the System Settings Selecting Language 選擇語言 You can select the desired language of the Sports Camcorder. 您可以選擇運動攝錄放影機的語言。 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 3 2. Set the System Settings mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The System Settings screen appears. 3. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Language>. 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕設定 System Settings 模式。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 4 4. Move the [joystick] up / down to select the desired language, and then press the [joystick(OK)]. ◆ English / Español / Français / Português / Deutsch / Italiano / Nederlands / Polski / Русский / / / Iran / Arab / Magyar / ไทย / Українська / Svenska / Türkçe 3. 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Language>。 4. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇想要的語言,然 後按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ English / Español / Français / Português / Deutsch / Italiano / Nederlands / Polski / Русский / / / Iran / Arab / Magyar / ไทย / Українська / Svenska / Türkçe 5. After you finish setting, move to the desired mode by pressing 5. 完成設定後,按下 [MODE] 按鈕移至想要的模式。 the [MODE] button. [ Note ] ✤ Even if the battery pack or AC power are removed, the language setting will be preserved. [ 附註 ] ✤ 即使取出了電池包或拔下了交流電源,仍會保留語言設定。 85 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 073~0985 85 2006-12-14 오후 1:58:07 ENGLISH Setting the Sports Camcorder 設定運動攝錄放影機:設定系統設定 : Setting the System Settings Setting the Auto Shut off 設定自動關閉 To save battery power, you can set the <Auto Shut off> function which turns off the Sports Camcorder if there is no operation for a certain period of time. 為了節省電池電能,您可以設定 <Auto Shut off> 功能,它將會在一段時 間沒有操作時關閉運動攝錄放影機。 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 3 4. Move the [joystick] up / down to select an option, and then press the [joystick(OK)]. ◆ <Off>: Cancels the <Auto Shut off> function. ◆ <5 Minutes>: Automatically turns off after 5 minutes. 86 DEMo AutoShutoff AutoShutoff off off 5Minutes 5Minutes DEMo 2. Set the System Settings mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The System Settings screen appears. 3. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Auto Shut off>. SystemSettings SystemSettings Move Move 4 oK oK Select Select SystemSettings SystemSettings 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕設定 System Settings 模式。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 3. 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Auto Shut off>。 DEMo AutoShutoff AutoShutoff off off 5Minutes 5Minutes DEMo Move Move oK oK Select Select 4. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇一個選項,然後 按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ <Off>:取消 <Auto Shut off> 功能。 ◆ <5 Minutes>:在 5 分鐘後自動關閉。 5. After you finish setting, move to the desired mode by pressing the [MODE] button. 5. 完成設定後,按下 [MODE] 按鈕移至想要的模式。 [ Notes ] ✤ The <Auto Shut off> will not function when you connect the AC Power Adapter to the Sports Camcorder. The <Auto Shut off> functions when the battery pack is the only power source. ✤ If the PC recognizes the USB device properly, the Auto Shut off function will be deactivated. ✤ <Auto Shut off> will only function when you set this function in System Settings mode. ✤ <Auto Shut Off> function is a power-saving feature that automatically turns off the Sports Camcorder in a certain time period for avoiding further power consumption. You can turn it on again by pressing the [POWER] button. [ 附註 ] ✤ 交流電變壓器連接運動攝錄放影機時,<Auto Shut off> 功能將無法操 作。 <Auto Shut off> 將會在電池組是唯一的電源時操作。 ✤ 如果將 USB 線纜連接至運動攝錄放影機,<Auto Shut off> 功能將不 能正常工作。 ✤ <Auto Shut Off> 僅限在系統設定模式中已做設定時才能操作。 ✤ <Auto Shut Off> 功能是一種節能功能,它會在經過一定時間後自動關 閉運動攝錄放影機,以避免消耗更多能量。 可通過按 [POWER] 按鈕 再次打開它。 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 073~0986 86 2006-12-19 오후 2:47:38 ENGLISH Setting the Sports Camcorder 設定運動攝錄放影機:設定系統設定 : Setting the System Settings Setting the Demonstration Function 設定示範畫面功能 The Demonstration function will allow you to view all the functions that the Sports Camcorder supports. 示範畫面功能可讓您檢視運動攝錄放影機支援的所有功能。 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. DEMo 3 4. Move the [joystick] up / down to select an option, and then press the [joystick(OK)]. ◆ <Off>: Cancels the Demonstration function. ◆ <5 Minutes>: Starts the Demonstration function in 5 minutes. ◆ <Play Now>: Starts the Demonstration function now. [ Note ] ✤ If you set the Demonstration function, it operates only in Movie Record mode. DEMo 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 DEMo off Demonstration 5Minutes 5Minutes PlayNow off 2. Set the System Settings mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The System Settings screen appears. 3. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Demonstration>. SystemSettings SystemSettings Demonstration SystemSettings Demonstration off PlayNow 5Minutes Move PlayNow Move Move 4 oK Select oK Select oK Select SystemSettings SystemSettings Demonstration SystemSettings Demonstration off 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕設定 System Settings 模式。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 3. 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Demonstration>。 DEMo DEMo DEMo off Demonstration 5Minutes 5Minutes PlayNow off PlayNow oK 5Minutes Move PlayNow Move Move Select oK Select oK Select STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 Functions 1.DigitalCamcorder Functions STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05 2.MP3Player 1.DigitalCamcorder Functions 3.StereoAudiorecorder 2.MP3Player 1.DigitalCamcorder 4.PC-Camera 3.StereoAudiorecorder 2.MP3Player 5.DataStorage 4.PC-Camera 3.StereoAudiorecorder 5.DataStorage 4.PC-Camera 4. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇一個選項,然後 按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ <Off>:取消示範畫面功能。 ◆ <5 Minutes>:於 5 分鐘內啟動示範畫面功能。 ◆ <Play Now>:現在啟動示範畫面功能。 [ 附註 ] ✤ 示範畫面功能如經設定,僅限在視訊錄製模式中 操作。 5.DataStorage 87 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 073~0987 87 2006-12-14 오후 1:58:09 ENGLISH Setting the Sports Camcorder : Setting the System Settings 設定運動攝錄放影機:設定系統設定 Viewing Version Information 檢視版本資訊 You can see the firmware version information. 您可以檢視韌體版本資訊。 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 2. Set the System Settings mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The System Settings screen appears. 3 SystemSettings DEMo VersionInfo SamsungElec.Co.LTD S/w0.10Feb03200700:20:10 Syscon1.06Feb13200708:53:39 1. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 2. 按下 [MODE] 按鈕設定 System Settings 模式。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 Move 3. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Version Info>. ◆ The firmware version of the Sports Camcorder is displayed. 3. 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Version Info>。 ◆ 運動攝錄放影機的韌體版本將顯示。 4. 檢視版本資訊後,按下 [MODE] 按鈕移至想要的模式。 4. After you view the version information, move to the desired mode by pressing the [MODE] button. 88 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 073~0988 88 2006-12-14 오후 1:58:09 ENGLISH Setting the Sports Camcorder 設定運動攝錄放影機:使用 USB 模式 : Using USB Mode Transferring files to a computer 傳送檔案至電腦 You can transfer the files to your PC. 可以將檔案傳送到 PC。 Before your start! 開始使用之前! ◆ 當 <USB Mode> 設為 <Mass Storage> 時, 您可以複製檔案。 ➥第 73 頁 Open the front cover and connect the USB cable. 1. 開啟電腦。 USB 1. Turn on your PC. USB cable 2. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. MMC/SD ◆ You can transfer the files when <USB Mode> sets to <Mass Storage> ➥page 73 2. 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影 機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 3. Connect the Sports Camcorder to your PC with the USB cable. [ Notes ] ✤ According to the PC type, Pop-up dialog for Removable disk may appear. ✤ For Windows 98 SE users, please install the “DV Driver” programme with in the provided software CD. ✤ Disconnecting the USB cable while the data transfer will stop the data transfer and might damage the data stored. ✤ Multiple USB devices connected to a PC or using USB hubs may cause communication / installation errors with the Sports Camcorder. USB USB MMC/SD 5. When finished, disconnect the USB cable. MMC/SD 4. Copy the desired file from the Sports Camcorder to your PC. 3. 使用 USB 纜線連接運動攝錄放影機至電 腦。 4. 從運動攝錄放影機複製想要的檔案至您的 電腦。 5. 完成後,拔下 USB 纜線。 [ 附註 ] ✤ 根據 PC 類型,可能會出現可移動磁碟的彈 出對話方塊。 ✤ 對於 Windows 98 SE 使用者,請安裝所提供 的軟體 CD 中的「DV 驅動程式」。 ✤ 在資料傳送過程中拔下 USB 纜線將會停止 傳送,並且可能會損毀儲存的資料。 ✤ 將多個 USB 裝置連接到電腦或使用 USB 集 線器可能會導致運動攝錄放影機通訊/安裝 錯誤。 89 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 073~0989 89 2006-12-14 오후 1:58:12 SystemSettings the Sports Camcorder USBMode MassStorage 設定運動攝錄放影機:使用 USB 模式 : Using USB Mode PC-Cam Move You can use your Sports Camcorder as a PC camera for video chatting, video conference and other PC camera applications. Before your start! 使用電腦攝像機功能 oK Select 您可以把運動攝錄放影機作為電腦攝像機使用,用來進行視訊聊天,視訊會議和 其他電腦攝像機應用。 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 073~0990 90 開始使用之前! 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. ◆ 要使用電腦攝像機,您需要安裝 DV Driver。 ➥第 97 頁 按下 [power] 按鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 按下 [MODE] 按鈕設定 System Settings 模式。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <USB Mode>。 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇 <PC-Cam>,然後按下 [joystick(OK)]。 開啟電腦。 使用 USB 纜線連接運動攝錄放影機至電腦。 運動攝錄放影機可用作電腦攝像機,使用於如 Windows Messenger 等程式。 ◆ 許多應用程式都可利用電腦攝像機的功能。如需詳細 資訊,請參閱個別產品的說明文件。 完成後,拔下 USB 纜線。 [ Warning ] ✤ 如果將兩個以上的 USB 裝置連接至單台 PC 或者使 用 hub 進行 USB 連接,則 PC 相機功能可能不能正 常工作。 USB USB MMC/SD MMC/SD SystemSettings 3 ◆ For PC Cam use, it is required to install the DV Driver. Ver. ➥page 97 USBMode 1. Press the [power] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. MassStorage ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. PC-Cam 2. Set the System Settings mode by pressing the [MODE] button. ◆ The System Settings screen appears. oK Select Move 3. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <USB Mode>. 4. Move the [joystick] up / down to select <PC-Cam> and then press the [joystick(OK)]. SystemSettings 4 5. Turn on your PC. Ver. 6. Connect the Sports Camcorder to your PC with the USB USBMode cable. 7. The Sports Camcorder can be used as a PC Cam for MassStorage programmes such as Windows Messenger. PC-Cam ◆ Various applications take advantage of the PC Cam function. Refer to respective product documentation for further details. oK Select Move 8. When finished, disconnect the USB cable. [ Warning ] ✤ If you connect more than two USB devices to a Open the front cover and single PC or use a hub for USB connection, the PC SystemSettings connect the USB cable. camera function may not work properly. Ver. [ Notes ] USBMode ✤ You must install the DV Driver. ➥page 97 MassStorage ✤ When the USB port connection changed, it may require DV Driver re-installation. PC-Cam USB cable ➥page 97 ✤ It is recommended to use an AC Power Adapter during data transfer to avoid unintended power oK Select Move outages. ✤ Microsoft Windows 98 SE or later operating systems support the PC Cam function. ✤ It supports USB 2.0 standard. ✤ If the DV Media Pro 1.0 is not properly installed on your PC, you may see the Found New Hardware Wizard on the screen. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the installation. ✤ You may see a popup message for confirmation of the compatibility, depending on the PC specification. Press <Continue> and follow the on-screen instructions to complete the 90 installation. USB Using the PC Cam Function Ver. MMC/SD ENGLISH Setting [ 附註 ] ✤ 您必須安裝 DV Driver。➥第 97 頁 ✤ 變更 USB 埠的連接時,可能需要重新安裝 DV Driver。➥第 97 頁 ✤ 建議您在資料傳送期間使用交流電變壓器以防電 源意外中斷。 ✤ Microsoft Windows 98SE 或更新版本的作業系統支 援電腦攝像機功能。 ✤ 它支援 USB 2.0 標準。 ✤ 如果您的 PC 沒有正確安裝 DV Media Pro 1.0,「發 現新硬體向導」會出現在螢幕上。 按照螢幕指示完成安裝。 ✤ 可能會看到用於確認相容性的彈出消息,視 PC 規 範而定。 按 <Continue>,然後按照螢幕指示完成 安裝。 2006-12-14 오후 1:58:13 ENGLISH 6 Using the External Camera Module (VP-X300L only) 6 使用外接式相機模組 (僅適用於 VP-X300L) Recording with the External Camera Module....................92 Recording Movie using the External Camera Module.....92 Wearing the External Camera Module................................93 Mounting the External Camera Module on Rubber Mount...93 Using the Long Mount Band ...........................................94 使用外接式相機模組錄製.........................................................92 使用外接式相機模組錄製視訊..........................................92 裝載外接式相機模組................................................................93 將外接式相機模組裝上塑膠托架......................................93 使用長拖架帶 ...................................................................94 ◆ Save important data / recordings separately on other media, to avoid accidental loss due to a system failure or other reasons. ◆ 將重要資料/錄製內容另外儲存於其他媒體,避免由於系統故 障或其他原因導致資料意外遺失。 [POWER/ Record /Stop] button W T [POWER/ Record /Stop] 按鈕 W T MENU MODE DELETE HOLD HOLD DISPLAY DC IN MODE DELETE DC IN DISPLAY MENU 91 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 073~0991 91 2006-12-14 오후 1:58:14 ENGLISH Using the External Camera Module (VP-X300L 使用外接式相機模組(僅適用於 only) : Recording with the External Camera Module VP-X300L):使用外接式相機模組錄製 使用外接式相機模組錄製視訊 Recording Movie using the External Camera Module Your Sports Camcorder offers the ability to record those thrilling moments. Whether you're snow boarding or skiing, you can record the moments with the External Camera Module and accessories. 92 [POWER/ Record /Stop] button T MENU MODE DELETE HOLD DISPLAY 3 90 degrees (max.) 3. 4. 5. 4 STBY 00:00:02:00:40:03 6. 720i F recording... S 12:00AM2006/01/01 [ Notes ] ✤ The External Camera Module is available for recording movie only. ✤ You can use the [POWER/Record /Stop] button of the External Camera Module to power on/off and to start/stop recording simultaneously. ✤ Multi jack is used as a Earphones jack, AV Input/Output jack and External Camera Module jack. VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 073~0992 92 1. 連接外接式相機模組纜線至運動 攝錄放影機的多功能插孔。 ◆ 您可以使用三腳架(未提 供)、塑膠托架、或托架帶 1 固定外接式相機模組。 2. 按下外接式相機模組的 [POWER/Record /Stop] 按鈕 超過 2 秒鐘。 ◆ 運動攝錄放影機和外接式相 機模組的電源開啟。 ◆ 如果您按下運動攝錄放影機的 [POWER] 按鈕, 只有運動攝錄放影機會開啟。 轉動相片旋轉器至想要的方向。 ◆ 相片旋轉器可向左或向右轉動 90 度以選擇您 想要的相片角度。 按下外接式相機模組的 [POWER/Record /Stop] 按鈕開始錄製。 ◆ LED 亮起紅燈。 ◆ 按下運動攝錄放影機的 [Record /Stop] 按鈕開始 錄製。 按下外接式相機模組的 [POWER/Record /Stop] 按鈕停止錄製。 ◆ 錄製停止,運動攝錄放影機再次待機。 錄製後,為避免電池耗電,按下外接式相機模組的 [POWER/Record /Stop] 按鈕超過 2 秒鐘關機。 ◆ 運動攝錄放影機和外接式相機模組的電源關 閉。 ◆ 如果您按下運動攝錄放影機的 [POWER] 按鈕, 只有運動攝錄放影機會關閉。 W DC IN 1. Connect the External Camera Module cable to the multi jack of Sports Camcorder. ◆ You may fix the External Camera Module using a Tripod (not supplied), Rubber Mount, or Mounting Band. 2. Press the [POWER/Record /Stop] button of External Camera Module for more than 2 seconds. ◆ The power of the Sports Camcorder and the External Camera Module is turned on. ◆ If you press the [POWER] button of the Sports Camcorder, only the Sports Camcorder is turned on. 3. Turn the Picture Rotator to the desired direction. ◆ The Picture Rotator turns 90 degrees left or right to select the desired picture angle. 4. Press the [POWER/Record /Stop] button of the External Camera module to start recording. ◆ LED lamp lights in red. ◆ Press the [Record /Stop]button of the Sports Camcorder to start recording. 5. Press the [POWER/Record /Stop] button of the External Camera module to stop recording. ◆ Recording stops and the Sports Camcorder is ready again. 6. After recording, to prevent battery consumption, press the [POWER/Record /Stop] button of the External Camera Module more than 2 seconds to turn off. ◆ The power of the Sports Camcorder and the External Camera Module is turned off. ◆ If you press the [POWER] button of the Sports Camcorder, only the Sports Camcorder is turned off. 您的運動攝錄放影機具備錄製這些興奮時刻的功能不論您在滑雪板或滑 雪,您都能使用外接式相機模組和 配件錄製這些時刻。 Sepia [ 附註 ] ✤ 外接式相機模組僅可錄製影片。 ✤ 使用外接式相機模組的 [POWER/Record /Stop] 按鈕同步開啟/關閉以 及開始/停止錄製。 ✤ 多功能插孔可用作耳機插孔、AV 輸入/輸出插孔和外接式相機模組 插孔。 2006-12-14 오후 1:58:15 ENGLISH Using the External Camera Module 使用外接式相機模組(僅適用於 (VP-X300L only) : Wearing the External Camera Module VP-X300L):使用外接式相機模組錄製 Mounting the External Camera Module on Rubber Mount 1 將外接式相機模組裝上塑膠托架 Rubber Mount receptacle 2 screw 1. Set the Rubber Mount receptacle of the External Camera Module to the screw of Rubber Mount. 1. 將外接式相機模組的塑膠托架插座裝上塑膠托架的螺絲。 2. Turn the Rubber Mount's screw to the right to fasten. 2. 向右轉動塑膠托架螺絲栓緊。 [ Notes ] ✤ Dropping the External Camera Module or bumping it to other objects may cause device failure. When using the device, you must attach it to the rubber mount, and be careful not to drop or strike it. ✤ The Recording a movie using the external camera module does not support anti-shake function. ✤ The [W/T] switch does not operate while you are recording a movie clip with the External Camera Module. ✤ When you record a movie using the external camera module connection, setting the [MP3/External Camera Module HOLD] switch on the Sports Camcorder to hold helps to prevent accidental operation by locking all button operations except the power button and volume control. [ 附註 ] ✤ 外接式相機模組掉落地面或遭受撞擊可能造成裝置故障。使用裝置 時,必須裝置於塑膠托架上,並小心不要使其掉落或遭受撞擊。 ✤ 使用外部相機模組錄製影片不支援防震動功能。 ✤ 當正在用外部相機模組錄製影片剪輯時,[W/T] 開關不能使用。 ✤ 使用外部相機模組連接來錄製影片時,將運動攝錄放影機的 [MP3/ 外部相機模組保持] 開關設定爲保持可鎖定電源按鈕和音量調節之 外的所有按鈕操作,有助於防止意外操作。 93 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 073~0993 93 2006-12-14 오후 1:58:15 ENGLISH Using the External Camera Module 使用外接式相機模組(僅適用於 (VP-X300L only) : Wearing the External Camera Module VP-X300L):使用外接式相機模組錄製 Using the Long Mount Band 使用長托架帶 While the Sports Camcorder is inside your carrying case or backpack, you can attach the External Camera Module mounted on the Rubber Mount with help of the Long Mount Band. 當運動攝錄放影機裝於手提袋或背袋中時,您可以使用長托架帶將安裝 於塑膠托架上的外接式相機模組繫上。 1. Run the strap of Long Mount Band through both of the slots on the rubber mount as illustrated. ◆ You can use both the short part and long part of Rubber Mount as slots. 2. Run the strap through the buckle to adjust the tightness. 3. Fasten the strap. [ Notes ] ✤ Dropping the External Camera Module or bumping it to other objects may cause device failure. When using the device, you must attach it to the rubber mount, and be careful not to drop or strike it. ✤ Direct contact of the Rubber Mount with your skin for a long period of time may cause skin irritation or allergy. Avoid long term contact. 1. 如圖所示將長托架帶穿過塑膠托架的兩個 插孔。 ◆ 您可以使用塑膠托架的長端或短端作為 插孔。 1 2. 將帶子穿過釦子調整鬆緊度。 2 3. 繫緊帶子。 3 rubber mount [ 附註 ] ✤ 外接式相機模組掉落地面或遭受撞擊可能 造成裝置故障。使用裝置時,必須裝置於 塑膠托架上,並小心不要使其掉落或遭受 撞擊。 ✤ 皮膚長期直接接觸塑膠托架可能導致皮膚 不舒服或過敏。請避免長期接觸。 94 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 073~0994 94 2006-12-14 오후 1:58:16 裝 個 為 能 於 受 膚 ENGLISH 7 Miscellaneous Information 7 其他資訊 USB Interface Environment..................................................96 USB connection to a computer .......................................96 System Environment........................................................96 Installing Software.................................................................97 Installing DV Media Pro 1.0..............................................97 Ulead Video Studio...........................................................98 Connecting To Other Devices . ...........................................99 Connecting to a PC using a USB Cable..........................99 Connecting to a TV monitor...........................................100 Connecting to a VCR / DVD Recorder..........................101 Recording unscrambled content from other digital devices............................................................................102 Maintenance. ............................................................................ 103 Cleaning and Maintaining the Sports Camcorder...........103 After using the Sports Camcorder..................................103 Cleaning the Body..........................................................104 Using the Built-in Rechargeable Battery........................104 Regarding the Battery....................................................105 Using the Sports Camcorder Abroad.............................106 USB 介面環境.......................................................................96 USB 連接至電腦 ...............................................................96 系統環境...........................................................................96 安裝軟體................................................................................97 安裝 DV Media Pro 1.0........................................................97 Ulead Video Studio...............................................................98 連接至其他裝置 ...................................................................99 使用 USB 纜線連接至電腦.................................................99 連接至電視顯示器...........................................................100 連接至 VCR / DVD 錄放影機............................................101 從其他數位裝置錄製解碼的內容....................................102 保養............................................................................................... 103 清潔和保養運動攝錄放影機................................................103 運動攝錄放影機使用後...................................................103 清潔機身.........................................................................104 使用內建充電電池...........................................................104 關於電池.........................................................................105 在國外使用運動攝錄放影機............................................106 ◆ Save important data / recordings separately on other media, to avoid accidental loss due to a system failure or other reasons. ◆ 將重要資料/錄製內容另外儲存於其他媒體,避免由於系統 故障或其他原因導致資料意外遺失。 95 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 073~0995 95 2006-12-14 오후 1:58:17 ENGLISH Miscellaneous Information : USB Interface Environment USB connection to a computer 其他資訊:USB 介面環境 USB 連接至電腦 High Speed USB is not guaranteed if the supplied driver is not installed on an OS other than Microsoft Windows or Apple's Mac OS X. ✤ Windows 98SE/ME: Full Speed USB ✤ Windows 2000: Service Pack 4 or higher - High Speed USB ✤ Windows XP: Service Pack 1 or higher - High Speed USB ✤ Mac OS X: 10.3 or higher - High Speed USB System Environment 如果隨附的驅動程式並非安裝於 Microsoft Windows 或 Apple Mac OS X 作業系統,將 不保証支援高速 USB。 ✤ Windows 98SE/ME:全速 USB ✤ Windows 2000:Service Pack 4 以上 - 高速 USB ✤ Windows XP:Service Pack 1 以上 - 高速 USB ✤ Mac OS X:10.3 以上 - 高速 USB 系統環境 Windows Environment CPU Minimum Recommended Pentium III, 600MHz Pentium 4, 2GHz 建議 Pentium III、600MHz Pentium 4、2GHz 作業系統 Windows 98SE/ME Windows 2000/XP 記憶體 200MB(僅用於應用程式)。 512MB 或以上 CPU OS Windows 98SE/ME Windows 2000/XP Memory 200MB (For applications only) 512MB or above Free space on the hard disk Apart from this, 1GB or more free space 2GB or above 可用空間 (硬碟) 此外,要有 1GB 或以上的可用空間 2GB 或以上 Display Resolution 800x600 dots 16-bit colour 1024x768 dots 24-bit colour 顯示解析度 800x600 點 16 位元彩色 1024x768 點 24 位元彩色 USB USB 1.1 USB 2.0 High Speed USB USB 1.1 USB 2.0 高速 Macintosh Environment Minimum G3 500MHz Mac OS 10.2 128MB 200MB(For applications only. Apart from this, 1GB or more free space 800x600 dots 16-bit colour USB 1.1 96 Windows 環境 最低 Macintosh 環境 Recommended G4 Processor Mac OS 10.3 512MB or above 2GB or above 1024x768 dots 24-bit colour USB 2.0 High Speed [ Notes ] ✤ Not all PCs configured with the above environment are guaranteed to operate properly. ✤ USB connection using an external USB hub or an additional USB daughterboard is not guaranteed. ✤ If your OS is Windows 2000/XP, log in as the [Administrator(administrator of the PC)] (or a user with the equivalent privileges) to install the OS. ✤ If the capacity of PC is low, the movie file may not play normally or will often stop. ✤ If the capacity of PC is low, it may take a long time to edit the movie file. ✤ Intel® Pentium III™ or Pentium 4™ is a trademark of the Intel Corporation. ✤ Mac, Macintosh and Mac OS are trademarks of Apple Computer, Inc. ✤ Windows® is a registered trademark of the Microsoft® Corporation. ✤ All other brands and names are property of their respective owners. VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI96~1169696 最低 G3 500MHz Mac OS 10.2 128MB 200MB(僅用於應用程式。 此外,要有 1GB 或以上的可用空間) 800x600 點 16 位元彩色 USB 1.1 建議 G4 處理器 Mac OS 10,3 512MB 或以上 2GB 或以上 1024x768 點 24 位元彩色 USB 2.0 高速 [ 附註 ] ✤ 不保證以上述環境設置的電腦能正確無誤的操作。 ✤ 如果使用外部 USB 集線器或其他的 USB 子板,不保證 USB 連接能正確操作。 ✤ 如果您使用 Windows 2000/XP 作業系統,請以 [管理員(電腦管理員)](或有 相同權限的使用者)身分登入安裝作業系統。 ✤ 如果電腦容量過低,影片檔案可成無法正常播放,或經常停止。 ✤ 如果電腦容量過低,編輯視訊檔案可能必須花費許多時間。 ✤ Intel® Pentium III™ 或 Pentium 4™ 是 Intel Corporation 的商標。 ✤ Mac、Macintosh 和 Mac 作業系統是 Apple Computer, Inc 的商標。 ✤ Windows® 是 Microsoft® Corporation 的註冊商標。 ✤ 所有其他品牌和名稱是他們各自所有者的財產。 2006-12-14오후2:00:36 ENGLISH Miscellaneous Information : Installing Software 其他資訊:安裝軟體 Installing DV Media Pro 1.0 安裝 DV Media Pro 1.0 You need to install DV Media Pro 1.0 to play back recorded movie files or the transferred data from Sports Camcorder with the USB cable on your PC. 若要在電腦上播放運動攝錄放影機錄製的影片檔案,或使用 USB 纜線從 運動攝錄放影機傳輸到電腦的資料,您需要安裝 DV Media Pro 1.0。 Before your start! ◆ Turn on your PC. Exit all other applications running. ◆ Insert the provided CD into the CD-ROM drive. The setup screen appears automatically soon after the CD was inserted. If the setup screen does not appear, click on “Start” on the bottom left corner and select “Run” to display a dialog. Type “D:\autorun.exe” and then press ENTER, if your CD-ROM drive is mapped to “D:Drive”. Installing Driver - DV Driver and DirectX 9.0 ◆ DV Driver is a software driver that is required to support establishing connection to a PC. (If it is not installed, some functions will not be supported.) 1. Click on “DV Driver” on the Setup screen. ◆ Driver software required is installed automatically. Following drivers will be installed: - USB Removable disk driver (Windows 98 SE only) - USB PC-CAMERA driver 2. Click on <Confirm> to finish driver installation. ◆ Windows 98 SE users need to restart the PC. 3. If the "DirectX 9.0" is not installed, it is installed automatically after setting "DV Driver". ◆ After installing DirectX 9.0, PC needs to be restarted. ◆ If DirectX 9.0 is installed already, there is no need to restart the PC. Application Installation - Video Codec ◆ Click on “Video Codec” on the Setup screen. Video Codec is required to play movie files recorded by this Sports Camcorder on a PC. [ Note ] ✤ If a message saying “Digital Signature not found” or something similar appears, ignore the message and continue with the installation. 開始使用之前! ◆ 開啟電腦。結束所有正在執行的其他應用程式。 ◆ 將隨附的光碟片放入 CD-ROM 光碟機。 安裝畫面會在放入光碟片之後立即自動顯示。若安裝螢幕沒有顯 示,請按一下左下角的「開始」,然後選取「執行」以顯示對話方 塊。若 CD-ROM 光碟機對應到「D:光碟機」,鍵入「D:\autorun. exe」並按下 ENTER。 安裝驅動程式 - DV Driver 和 DirectX 9.0 ◆ DV Driver 是與電腦建立連接時所需的一個軟體驅動程式。 (若未安裝,一些功能將不被支援。) 1. 在「安裝」螢幕上按一下「DV Driver」。 ◆ 所需的驅動程式軟體將會自動安裝。 將安裝以下的驅動程式: - USB 可卸式磁碟驅動程式(僅限 Windows 98 SE) - USB PC-CAMERA 驅動程式 2. 按一下 <Confirm> 完成驅動程式安裝。 ◆ Windows 98 SE 使用者需要重新啟動電腦。 3. 若尚未安裝「DirectX 9.0」,它將在設定「DV Driver」之後自動安 裝。 ◆ 安裝 DirectX 9.0 之後,必須重新啟動電腦。 ◆ 若已安裝 DirectX 9.0,則不需要重新啟動電腦。 應用程式安裝 - Video Codec ◆ 在安裝螢幕上,按一下「Video Codec」。 您需要配備 Video Codec 以在電腦上播放攝錄放影機錄製的影片檔 案。 [ 附註 ] ✤ 若顯示一則「Digital Signature not found」訊息或其他類似訊息,請忽 略該訊息並繼續進行安裝。 97 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI96~1169797 2006-12-14오후2:00:36 ENGLISH Miscellaneous Information : Installing Software Application Installation – Quick Time 其他資訊:安裝軟體 應用程式安裝 – Quick Time 1. Click “Quick Time” on the Setup screen. ◆ QuickTime is Apple's technology for handling movie, sound, animation, graphics, text, music, and even 360-degree virtual reality (VR) scenes. 1. 在安裝畫面上按一下「Quick Time」。 ◆ QuickTime 是 Apple 研發的一項技術,用於處理影片、聲音、動 畫、圖形、文字、音樂,甚至是 360 度虛擬實境 (VR) 場景。 Ulead Video Studio Ulead Video Studio Setting up Ulead Video Studio 設定 Ulead Video Studio After inserting the CD, the setup screen displays automatically. Follow the instruction to start installation. It is a video editing tool that allows users to edit movie files. 放入光碟片之後,安裝畫面將自動顯示。 請按照指示開始安裝。 它是一個視訊編輯工具,可以讓使用者編輯影片檔案。 [ Notes ] ✤ Please install by using the Software CD that came with this Sports Camcorder. We do not guarantee compatibility for different CD versions. ✤ For movie playback on a PC, install software in this order : DV Driver - DirectX 9.0 - Video Codec ✤ For movie editing, use the Ulead Video Studio. ✤ For PC Cam use, it is required to install the DV Driver installation is required. ✤ You have to install “DV Driver”, “Video Codec” and “DirectX 9.0” to run DV Media Pro 1.0 properly. ✤ If a message saying “Digital Signature not found” or something similar appears, ignore the message and continue with the installation. [ 附註 ] ✤ 請使用運動攝錄放影機隨附的軟體光碟進行安裝。 我們不保證不同光碟版本的相容性。 ✤ 若要在電腦上播放影片,請依下列順序安裝軟體:DV Driver DirectX 9.0 - Video Codec ✤ 要編輯影片,請使用 Ulead Video Studio。 ✤ 您需要安裝 DV Driver 才能使用電腦攝相機。 ✤ 您需要安裝「DV Driver」、「Video Codec」及 「DirectX 9.0」才能正確執行 DV Media Pro 1.0。 ✤ 若顯示一則「Digital Signature not found」訊息或其 他類似訊息,請忽略該訊息並繼續進行安裝。 98 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI96~1169898 2006-12-14오후2:00:36 ENGLISH Miscellaneous Information : Connecting To Other Devices 其他資訊:連接至其他裝置 Connecting to a PC using a USB Cable 使用 USB 纜線連接至電腦 使用隨附的 USB 纜線連接至電腦。您可以在電 腦上檢視您的檔案。 Connect to a PC with the provided USB cable. You can view your files on your PC. Before your start! You can transfer the files when <USB Mode> sets to <Mass Storage> ➥ page 73 開始使用之前! 當 <USB Mode> 設為 <Mass Storage> 時您可以 傳送檔案 ➥ 第 73 頁 USB USB MMC/SD MMC/SD USB cable MMC/SD USB Connecting to a PC – Playing Files 1. Press the [POWER] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. 2. Connect the Sports Camcorder to the PC with the provided USB cable as shown in the diagram. 3. Copy the file to your PC. ◆ We recommend copying the files onto your PC for better viewing. 4. Double-click on the copied file name. It starts to play back. 連接至電腦 – 播放檔案 1. 按下 [POWER] 按鈕以開啟運動攝錄放影 機。 2. 如圖所示使用 USB 纜線連接運動攝錄放影 機至電腦。 3. 複製檔案至電腦。 ◆ 建議將檔案複製到電腦以獲得更佳檢視 效果。 4. 在複製的檔名上連按兩下。 它將會開始播放。 Disconnecting from a PC 1. Click on the “Safely remove hardware” tray 從電腦中斷連接 icon on the bottom right side of the desktop. <Open the front cover and connect the USB cable.> Select the device and click on the “Stop” 1. 連按兩下位於桌面右下角的「安全移除硬體」系統匣圖示。 button. 選取裝置並連一下「停止」按鈕。 2. When the message saying that it is safe to remove the hardware 2. 出現說明可以安全移除硬體的訊息時,從電腦拔下纜線。 appears, unplug the cable from the PC. [ Warning ] ✤ When data communication is disrupted due to static electricity, magnetic field [ Warning ] ✤ 當靜電、磁場或其他因素導致資料通訊中斷時,請重新啟動程式或 or other reason, restart the programme or try to disconnect / connect the 嘗試拔下通訊纜線(USB 纜線)然後再連接。 communication cable (USB cable) again. [ Notes ] [ 附註 ] ✤ According to the PC type, Pop-up dialog for Removable disk may appear. ✤ 根據 PC 類型,可能會出現可移動磁碟的彈出對話方塊。 ✤ For Windows 98 SE users, please install the “DV Driver” programme with in ✤ 對於 Windows 98 SE 使用者,請安裝所提供的軟體 CD 中的「DV 驅 the provided software CD. 動程式」。 ✤ Multiple USB devices connected to a PC or using USB hubs may cause ✤ 將多個 USB 裝置連接到電腦或使用 USB 集線器可能會導致運動攝錄 communication / installation errors with the Sports Camcorder. ✤ Refer to page 96 for PC recommendations on USB use. Some PCs meeting 放影機通訊/安裝錯誤。 the requirements may not support proper USB operation due to various ✤ 如需關於使用 USB 的電腦建議,請參閱第 96 頁。一些符合需求的 reasons. Please refer to the product documentation of the PC for further 電腦可能會因為各種因素而無法支援正確的 USB 操作。如需詳細資 details. 訊,請參閱電腦的產品說明文件。 ✤ If you disconnect the USB cable from the PC or the Sports Camcorder during ✤ 若您在資料傳輸期間從電腦或運動攝錄放影機拔下 USB 纜線,資料 the data transfer, the data transfer will stop and the data may be damaged. 傳輸會停止,而資料可能損壞。 ✤ The Sports Camcorder may operate abnormally in the recommended system ✤ 根據個人電腦情況,運動攝錄放影機可能無法在建議環境中正常操 environment depending on your PC. For example, the movie file may play abnormally. 作。例如,影片檔案可能無法正常播放。 99 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI96~1169999 2006-12-14오후2:00:38 ENGLISH Miscellaneous Information : Connecting To Other Devices 其他資訊:連接至其他裝置 Connecting to a TV monitor 連接至電視顯示器 You can connect your Sports Camcorder directly to a TV set. Set the appropriate video input when viewing Sports Camcorder playback on the TV. 您可以直接連接運動攝錄放影機至電視機。在電視上檢視運動攝錄放影 機時,請設定適當的視訊輸入。 DC IN 1. 連接隨附的音訊/視訊纜線至運動攝 錄放影機的 [Multi jack]。 2. 配對終端的顏色,將纜線的另一端 連接至電視機。 DC IN 1. Connect the provided Audio/ Line Input Video cable to the [Multi jack] of VIDEO AUDIO the Sports Camcorder. (L) (R) 2. Connect the other end of the cable to the TV set by matching the colours of the terminals. 3. Turn on the TV and set the TV's <Source> to the external input the Sports Camcorder is connected to. ◆ <Source> may be represented as <Line In>, <Input>, <A/V Input>, etc. depending on the manufacturer. 4. Press the [POWER] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ Movie Record mode is displayed on the TV screen. 5. Press the [PLAY] button or [Joystick(OK)] to switch to Movie Play mode. 6. Move the [joystick] left / right to select a movie and then press the [joystick(OK)]. ◆ It begins playback. ◆ To pause playback, press the [joystick(OK)]. 3. 開啟電視然後將電視的 <Source> 設為運動攝錄放影機連接的外部輸 入。 ◆ 根據製造廠商而定,<Source> 可 能表示為 <Line In>、<Input>、 <AV> 等。 4. 按下 [POWER] 按鈕以開啟運動攝 錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製模式將會顯示在電視螢 幕上。 5. 按下 [PLAY] 按鈕或 [Joystick(OK)] 切換到影片播放模式。 6. 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇影片,然後按下 [joystick(OK)]。 ◆ 影片開始播放。 ◆ 要暫停播放,請按下 [joystick(OK)]。 [ Notes ] [ 附註 ] ✤ When you connect your Sports Camcorder to a TV, some ✤ 連接運動攝錄放影機至電腦時,部分指示器可能無法顯示。 indicators may not partly appear. ✤ 如果想要在另一裝置與备與運動攝錄放影機之間互相輸入/輸出影片 ✤ If you wish to input/output a movie clip from another device to the Sports Camcorder, you must first set <Line In/out> in movie mode. 剪輯,首先必須在影片模式下設定 <Line In/out>。➥第 50 頁 ➥page 50 100 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI96~116100100 2006-12-14오후2:00:39 ENGLISH Miscellaneous Information : Connecting To Other Devices 其他資訊:連接至其他裝置 Connecting to a VCR / DVD Recorder 連接至 VCR / DVD 錄放影機 影 You can connect your Sports Camcorder to a TV set through a VCR/ DVD Recorder. 可以經由 VCR/DVD 錄放影機連接運動攝錄放影機和電視。 攝 1. Connect the provided Audio/Video cable to the [Multi jack] of the Sports Camcorder. 可 、 攝 視螢 。 片 3. Connect the Audio/Video cable from TV Input to Video Output of the VCR/ DVD Recorder. Line Output 2. 配對終端的顏色,將纜線的 另一端連接至 VCR/DVD 錄 放影機。 DC IN > 輸 2. Connect the other end of the cable to the VCR/DVD Recorder by matching the colours of the terminals. Line Input VIDEO AUDIO (L) (R) 3. 連接音訊/視訊纜線,從電視 輸入連接至 VCR/DVD 錄放 影機的視訊輸出。 Line Input DC IN 端 1. 連接隨附的音訊/視訊纜線 至運動攝錄放影機的 [Multi jack]。 4. Turn on the TV and set the <Source> to the external input the VCR/DVD Recorder is connected. 5. Turn on the VCR/DVD Recorder and set the <Source> to the external input source where you connected the Sports Camcorder. 4. 開啟電視機然後將 <Source> 設定為 VCR/ DVD 錄放影機連接的外部 輸入。 5. 開啟 VCR/DVD 錄放影機然 後將 <Source> 設定為您連 接運動攝錄放影機的外部輸 入來源。 [ 附註 ] [ Note ] ✤ 如果想要在另一裝置與备與運動攝錄放影機之間互相輸入/輸出影片 ✤ If you wish to input/output a movie clip from another device to the 剪輯,首先必須在影片模式下設定 <Line In/out>。➥第 50 頁 Sports Camcorder, you must first set <Line In/out> in movie mode. ➥page 50 101 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI96~116101101 2006-12-14오후2:00:40 ENGLISH Miscellaneous Information : Connecting To Other Devices 其他資訊:連接至其他裝置 Recording unscrambled content from other digital devices 您可以連接其他外接式數位裝置至運動攝錄放影機以錄製解碼內容。 從其他數位裝置錄製解碼的內容 You can connect other external digital devices to Sports Camcorder to record unscrambled contents. 1. 連接隨附的音訊/視訊纜線至運 動攝錄放影機的 [Multi jack]。 1. Connect the provided Audio/ Video cable to the [Multi jack] of the Sports Camcorder. Line Output DC IN 2. Connect the Audio/Video cable to the external output terminal of your digital devices (DVD, DVC, etc.) by matching the cable to the colours of the terminals. 2. 配對纜線和終端的顏色,將音 訊/視訊纜線連接至數位裝置 (DVD、DVC 等)的外部輸出終 端。 3. Press the [POWER] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. ◆ The Movie Record screen appears. 4. Press the [MENU] button. Move the [joystick] left / right to select <Line In/Out>. 5. Move the [joystick] up / down to select <In> and then press the [joystick(OK)]. 6. Play back the other digital devices. 3. 按下 [POWER] 按鈕以開啟運動 攝錄放影機。 ◆ 影片錄製畫面會顯示。 4. 按下 [MENU] 按鈕。 向左或向右移動 [joystick] 選擇 <Line In/Out>。 5. 向上或向下移動 [joystick] 選擇 <In>,然後按下 [joystick(OK)]。 6. 播放其他數位裝置。 7. 按下 [Record/Stop] 按鈕開始錄製。 8. 若要停止錄製,請再次按 [Record / Stop] 按鈕。 7. Press the [Record/Stop] button to start recording. 8. To stop recording, press the [Record/Stop] button again. [ Notes ] ✤ The quality of an input signal recorded through the Line input terminal cannot be guaranteed unless it comes from digital devices (DVD, DVC, etc.). ✤ A write-protected disk can not be copied by the Sports Camcorder. [ 附註 ] ✤ 無法保證透過線路輸入終端錄製之輸入訊號的品質,除非來源為數 位裝置(DVD、DVC 等)。 ✤ 運動攝錄放影機不能複製到寫保護磁碟。 102 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI96~116102102 2006-12-14오후2:00:42 運 。 終 動 擇 。 數 ENGLISH Maintenance : Cleaning and Maintaining the Sports Camcorder 保養:清潔和保養運動攝錄放影機 After using the Sports Camcorder 運動攝錄放影機使用後 ✤ For safekeeping of the Sports Camcorder, follow these steps. ✓ Turn the Sports Camcorder off. ✓ Remove the battery pack ➥page 21. ✓ Remove the memory card ➥page 33. ✤ To prevent any damage to the LCD monitor, do not apply excessive force on its moving parts. ✤ Do not drop or in anyway shock the Sports Camcorder. ✤ For prolonged use of the Sports Camcorder, avoid using it in places subject to excessive humidity or dust. ✤ Do not leave the Sports Camcorder in places subject to: ✓ Excessive humidity, steam, soot or dust. ✓ Excessive shock or vibration. ✓ Extremely high (over 50°C or 122°F) or extremely low (under 0°C or 32°F) temperatures. ✓ Strong electromagnetic fields. ✓ Direct sunlight or in a closed car on a hot day. ✤ F or the safe use of the battery pack, follow these. ✓ To conserve battery power, be sure to turn off the Sports Camcorder when not in use. ✓ Battery consumption may vary depending on the condition of use. Recording with many starts and stops, frequent zooming, and recording in low temperatures will shorten actual recording times. ✓ Dispose of used battery packs promptly. Do not dispose of them in fire. ✓ The battery pack will become warm during charging and use. This is not a malfunction. ✓ The battery pack has a limited service life. If the period of use becomes noticeably shorter with a normal charge, the battery pack is at the end of its service life. Replace it with a new battery pack. ✤ F or the safe use of the Memory Card, follow these. ✓ The memory card should be stored away from heaters and other heat sources. Avoid storing memory cards under direct sunlight and avoid electromagnetic fields. ✓ Do not power off any devices while transferring data, as this may destroy the data. ✓ Back up your data often to a hard disk or other permanent storage media. ✓ Format the memory card periodically. ✓ When formatting the memory card, format in the Sports Camcorder. ✤ 為保護運動攝錄放影機,請執行以下步驟。 ✓ 關閉運動攝錄放影機。 ✓ 取下電池組 ➥第 21 頁。 ✓ 取下記憶卡 ➥第 33 頁。 ✤ 為了防止損毀 LCD 顯示器,使用時請勿過度用力轉動。 ✤ 請勿讓運動攝錄放影機掉落或受到撞擊。 ✤ 請避免在過度潮濕或灰塵很多的地方長時間使用運動攝錄放影機。 ✤ 請勿將運動攝錄放影機放置於以下環境中: ✓ 多濕氣、蒸氣、煙灰或塵埃。 ✓ 過度衝擊或震動。 ✓ 溫度極高(高過 50°C 或 122°F)或溫度極低(低過 0°C 或 32°F)。 ✓ 強大的電磁場。 ✓ 陽光直射或熱天氣下在密閉的汽車內。 ✤為安全使用電池組,請遵守下列守則。 ✓ 為了節約電池電量,請確定不使用運動攝錄放影機時將它關 閉。 ✓ 電池電量消耗將視使用情況而有不同。在錄製時多次開始和停 止、經常使用縮放功能以及在低溫下錄製將會縮短實際的錄製 時間。 ✓ 使用過的電池組必須立刻處理。切勿將電池組丟入火中。 ✓ 電池組會在充電和使用期間變熱。這不是故障。 ✓ 電池組的使用壽命有限。如果在正常充電下使用壽命明顯縮 短,表示電池組的使用壽命即將結束。 請替換新的電池組。 ✤為安全使用記憶卡,請遵守下列守則。 ✓ 存放記憶卡的地方必須遠離電暖氣和其他熱源。避免將記憶卡 存放在陽光直射和有電磁場的地方。 ✓ 在傳輸資料時,切勿關閉任何裝置,否則可能會損毀資料。 ✓ 經常備份影像資料到硬碟或其他永久存儲媒體。 ✓ 定期格式化記憶卡。 ✓ 請使用運動攝錄放影機格式化記憶卡。 103 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI96~116103103 2006-12-14오후2:00:42 ENGLISH Maintenance : Cleaning and Maintaining the Sports Camcorder 保養:清潔和保養運動攝錄放影機 Cleaning the Body 清潔機身 ✤ T o Clean the Exterior of the Sports Camcorder ✤ 清潔運動攝錄放影機外部 ✓ To clean the exterior, use a soft dry cloth. Wipe the body ✓ 清潔外部時,請使用柔軟的乾布。輕輕擦拭機身。 gently. 清潔時請勿過度用力,輕輕擦拭表面即可。 Do not apply excessive force when cleaning, gently rub the ✓ 請勿按壓 LCD 顯示器的表面。使用柔軟的乾布清潔表面。 surface. ✓ 清潔鏡頭時,請使用吹風機(可選購)將灰塵和其他小物件吹 ✓ The LCD monitor surface should not be pressed. Use a soft dry 走。請勿使用布或手指擦拭鏡頭。 cloth to clean the surface. 如有必要,請使用拭鏡紙。 ✓ To clean the lens, use an optional air blower to blow out dirt ✓ 請勿使用稀釋劑、酒精或苯來清潔。否則,裝置表面的漆將會 and other small objects. Do not wipe the lens with cloth or your 損毀。 fingers. If necessary, use lens cleaning paper. ✓ 必須在取下電池組和中斷其他電源之後進行清潔。 ✓ Do not use thinner, alcohol or benzene for cleaning. Otherwise, the finish may be damaged. [ 附註 ] ✓ Cleaning should be done only after the battery pack has been ✤ 若鏡頭變暗,請關閉運動攝錄放影機後放置約 1 小時。 removed, and other power sources have been disconnected. [ Note ] ✤ If the lens looks dimmer, turn off the Sports Camcorder and leave it for about 1 hour. Using the Built-in Rechargeable Battery 使用內建充電電池 The Sports Camcorder incorporates a rechargeable lithium cell that maintains the date and other settings even when the AC Power Adapter and the battery are removed. The rechargeable lithium cell is automatically recharged when the Sports Camcorder is used. 運動攝錄放影機內含一顆充電鋰電池,在取下 交流電變壓器和電池 時 維持機內日期和其他設定。充電鋰電池會在運動攝錄放影機使用時自動 充電。 Charging the Built-in Rechargeable Battery ✤ If the Sports Camcorder is not used at all, the cell runs down in 5 days. In this case, connect the AC Power Adapter to the Sports Camcorder and press the [POWER] button to turn on the Sports Camcorder. Then leave it for 24 hours. After that, set the date and other settings again. 為內建充電電池充電 ✤ 如果一直未使用運動攝錄放影機,電池將在 5 天內失去電力。若發 生此情形,將運動攝錄放影機接上交流電變壓器並按下 [POWER] 按 鈕開啟運動攝錄放影機。然後放置 24 小時。 之後,重新再設定日期和其他設定。 104 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI96~116104104 2006-12-14오후2:00:43 ENGLISH Maintenance : Cleaning and Maintaining the Sports Camcorder 保養:清潔和保養運動攝錄放影機 Regarding the Battery 關於電池 ■ 吹 會 時 動 發 按 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 電池組的效能將會在周圍環境溫度為 10°C (50°F) 或更低時下降, Battery pack performance decreases when the surrounding temperature is 10°C (50°F) or below, and shortens the battery life. 而電池壽命也會縮短。在此情況下,執行下列其中一項以延長電池 In that case, do one of the following so that the durability of the 壽命: - 將電池組放入口袋加熱,然後在使用之前才裝入運動攝錄放影 battery life can be extended for a longer period of time. 機。 - Put the battery pack in a pocket to warm it up, and insert it in - 使用大容量的電池組。 your Sports Camcorder immediately prior to use. - Use a large capacity battery pack. ■ 當不進行錄製或播放時,請記得關閉電源按鈕。在待機、播放和暫 Be sure to set the power button to off when not recording or 停模式中也會消耗電池電能。 playing back. The battery power is also consumed in standby, ■ 準備預計錄製時間兩到三倍電量的電池組,並在實際使用前進行試 playback and pause mode. 錄。 Have your battery packs ready for two or three times the expected recording time, and make trial recordings before making the actual ■ 請勿讓電池組與水接觸。電池組不能防水。 recording. ■ 請將電池放置在兒童無法觸及的地方。 Do not expose the battery pack to water. The battery pack is not 如果不小心吞下電池,請即刻尋求醫療援助。 water resistant. ■ 請用清潔的乾布擦拭電池保持電池的良好接觸。 Wipe the battery with a clean dry cloth to ensure proper contact. ■ 請勿使用金屬工具取出電池,否則可能導致短路。 Do not short the battery or dispose of the battery in fire. Do not disassemble the battery. The battery could explode or catch ■ 請勿使電池短路或將電池丟入火中。 fire. 請勿拆解電池。電池可能會爆炸或著火。 Use only recommended batteries and accessories. Use of batteries ■ 限使用推薦的電池和配件。使用非推薦用於本設備的電池可能會導 not expressly recommended for this equipment may cause an 致爆炸或漏電、火災、受傷或破壞周圍環境。 explosion or leakage, resulting in fire, injury or damage to the ■ 根據指示安裝電池。錯誤安裝電池將導致運動攝錄放影機損壞。 surroundings. Install the battery according to the instructions. Improperly installed ■ 長期不使用時,請取下電池組。 batteries can cause damage to the sports camcorder. 否則,電池可能會漏電。為避免產品受損,請記得在電池沒電時將 它取下。 When you do not use for a long time, remove the battery pack. Otherwise, the battery may leak. To avoid damage to the product, be sure to remove the battery when no charge remains. 105 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI96~116105105 2006-12-14오후2:00:43 ENGLISH Maintenance : Cleaning and Maintaining the Sports Camcorder Using the Sports Camcorder Abroad ✤ ✤ Each country or region has its own electric and colour systems. (NTSC/PAL) Before using the Sports Camcorder abroad, check the following items: 在國外使用運動攝錄放影機 ✤ 每個國家或地區都有自己的電源和色彩系統。(NTSC/PAL) ✤ 出國使用攝錄放影機之前,請檢查以下各項: Power Sources You can use the Sports Camcorder in any country or area 電源 ✤ 您可以在電力輸入範圍為 100V - 240V、50/60Hz 的任何國家或地 區,透過隨附的交流電變壓器使用運動攝錄放影機。 ✤ 根據當地的牆上插座設計,如有必要,請使用市售的交流電變壓 器。 Colour System 色彩系統 ✤ 您可以使用內建 LCD 顯示器檢視視訊檔案。 然而,如果要在電視機上檢視錄製內容或將它複製到錄放影機 (VCR),您的電視機或 VCR 必須是 PAL 相容,並具備適當的聲訊和 視訊連接埠。否則,您必須使用個別購買的視訊格式轉碼器 ( NTSC-PAL 格式轉換器 )。 ✤ with the supplied AC Power Adapter where the power input range is 100V - 240V, 50/60Hz. ✤ Use a commercially available AC plug adapter if necessary, depending on the design of the local wall outlets. ✤ 保養:清潔和保養運動攝錄放影機 You can view your video files using the built-in LCD monitor. However, to view your recordings on a television set or to copy them to a video cassette recorder (VCR), the television set or the VCR must be NTSC-compatible and have the appropriate Audio / Video ports. Otherwise, you may need to use a separate Video Format Transcoder (NTSC-PAL format Converter). PAL-Compatible Countries / Regions Australia, Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, China, CIS, Czech Republic, Denmark, Egypt, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Great Britain, Holland, Hong Kong, Hungary, India, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Libya, Malaysia, Mauritius, Norway, Romania, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Syria, Thailand, Tunisia, etc. NTSC-Compatible Countries / Regions Bahamas, Canada, Central America, Japan, Mexico, Philippines, Korea, Taiwan, United States of America, etc. PAL 相容的國家/地區 澳洲、奧地利、比利時、保加利亞、中國、CIS 國家、捷克、丹麥、 埃及、芬蘭、法國、德國、希臘、英國、荷蘭、香港、匈牙利、印 度、伊朗、伊拉克、科威特、利比亞、馬來西亞、模里西斯、挪威、 羅馬尼亞、沙烏地阿拉伯、新加坡、斯洛伐克、西班牙、瑞典、瑞 士、利亞、泰國、突尼西亞等。 NTSC 相容的國家/地區 巴哈馬、加拿大、中美洲、日本、墨西哥、菲律賓、韓國、台灣、美 國,等等。 106 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI96~116106106 2006-12-14오후2:00:43 ENGLISH Troubleshooting 故障排除 Self Diagnosis Display Display Not enough free space. Corrupted file. Paper error! Informs that… Not enough free space for saving files. The file is corrupted. Paper has run out. Ink error! Communication Error! Low battery Ink is low. An error has occurred while transferring data. Battery is low. Holding the key Write error The HOLD switch is locked. The memory card is corrupted. Format the memory card. Failed to write. Read error Not supported format Failed to read. The format is not supported. Card error Not formatted Write protected 自我診斷顯示 Action Check the space of the memory card. Delete the corrupted file. Check the paper in the printer. If there is no paper, insert the paper. Check if the ink or toner is low. Disconnect the USB cable and connect it again. Charge the battery pack or connect the AC Power Adapter. Unlock the HOLD switch and operate the Sports Camcorder. Format the memory card or replace it with a new one. Format the memory card. Check the memory space or format the memory. Delete the file. The file format is not supported. Check the supported file. on page 29. Unlock the memory card. (except MMC) Delete the corrupted file. Memory card is protected to write. MPEG decoding The movie file is Error corrupted. ✤ If these instructions do not solve your problem, contact your nearest Samsung dealer or authorized service centre/personnel. Symptom No power is supplied Possible Causes The power is not connected properly The battery is dead The battery is too cold Date/Time is wrong The Date/Time is not set Measure Connect the AC Power Adapter properly, page 24 Replace the dead battery pack Warm up the battery or move to warmer place Set the Date/Time, page 78 顯示 可用空間不足 墨水錯誤! 通訊錯誤! 表示… 操作 沒有足夠的可用空間儲 檢查記憶卡的空間。 存檔案。 檔案已毀壞。 刪除毀壞的檔案。 紙張已用盡。 檢查印表機中的紙張。如果沒 有紙張,請裝入紙張。 墨水量低。 檢查墨水量是否過少。 傳送檔案時發生錯誤。 拔下 USB 纜線然後重新連接。 電力低 電力低。 按住按鍵 HOLD 開關鎖住。 卡錯誤 未格式化 寫入錯誤 記憶卡毀壞。 格式化記憶卡。 無法寫入。 讀取錯誤 不支援的格式 無法讀取。 格式不被支援。 寫入保護 記憶卡被保護無法寫 入。 視訊檔案已毀壞。 檔案毀壞 紙張錯誤! MPEG 解碼錯誤 為電池組充電或連接到交流電 變壓器。 解除鎖定 HOLD 開關後操作運 動攝錄放影機。 格式化記憶卡或替換新卡。 格式化記憶卡。 檢查記憶體空間或格式化記憶 體。 刪除檔案。 不支援檔案格式。檢查支援的 檔案(第 29 頁)。 解除鎖定記憶卡。(MMC 例 外) 刪除毀壞的檔案。 ✤ 若下面指示不能幫助您解決問題,請就近與 Samsung 經銷商或授權 的維修中心和人員聯繫。 狀況 沒有電源供應 可能的原因 未正確連接電源 電池電力耗盡 電池太冷 日期/時間錯誤 未設定日期/時間 採取的措施 正確連接至交流電變壓器,第 24 頁。 更換電力耗盡的電池組 加熱電池或移到更溫暖的地方 設定日期和時間,第 78 頁 107 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI96~116107107 2006-12-14오후2:00:44 ENGLISH Troubleshooting Symptom Possible Causes Focus does not adjust Focus is set to manual mode automatically Recording is being done in a dark place Lens is covered with condensation The Memory card will The memory card is in wrong not load properly position A foreign object is in the memory card slot Colour balance of White balance adjustment is picture is not natural required Files stored in the Memory card is protected memory card cannot File is locked be deleted Images on the LCD monitor appear dark Rear of the LCD monitor is hot The power turns off automatically. 故障排除 Measure Set focus to AUTO Use a lighting apparatus to brighten the scene Clear the lens and check the focus Insert the memory card properly, page 33 Clear the memory card slot Set proper white balance, page 42 Remove the protection tab of memory card (except MMC) Remove the lock on the file, pages 53, 60, 66, 70 Ambient is too bright Adjust the brightness and Ambient temperature is too angle of LCD low Low temperatures may produce a dark LCD display This is not a malfunction Prolonged use of the LCD Close the LCD monitor monitor. to turn it off, or turn your device off to cool down If no keystroke is entered for -To turn on your more than 5 minutes, your camcorder, press the camcorder automatically turns power button. And if off for power saving purposes. you do not use this auto power off function, set the <Auto Shut Off> to Off in the menu list. page 86 The battery pack is almost -Charge the battery exhausted. pack or replace it with a charged one. 狀況 可能的原因 對焦無法自動調 整 對焦設定為手動模式 在黑暗中進行錄製 鏡頭上有濕氣凝結 未正確插入記憶 記憶卡放錯位置 卡 記憶卡插槽有異物 影像的色彩平衡不 需要進行白平衡調整 太自然 無法刪除儲存在 記憶卡受保護 記憶卡內的檔案 檔案被鎖定 LCD 顯示器上的 影像太暗。 周圍環境的光線太明亮 周圍環境的溫度太低 LCD 螢幕的背面 過熱 長時間使用 LCD 顯示器 電源自動關閉。 如果超過 5 分鐘沒有按任 何按鍵,攝錄放影機就自 動關閉以節省能源。 電池包電量幾乎耗盡。 採取的措施 設定為自動對焦 使用照明裝置照亮景物 清潔鏡頭並檢查焦距 正確裝入記憶卡,第 33 頁 清乾淨記憶卡插槽 設定正確的白平衡, 第 42 頁 移除記憶卡的保護標籤 (MMC 除外) 解除鎖定檔案,第 53、 60、66、70 調整 LCD 的亮度和角度 低溫可能會使 LCD 顯示器 變暗這並非故障 合上 LCD 顯示器關閉電 源, 或關閉裝置電源使它冷卻 -要打開攝錄放影機,請按 電源按鈕。 如果您沒有使 用此自動斷電功能,請在 選單列表中將 <Auto Shut Off> 設定爲 Off。 第 86 頁 -給電池包充電或更改已充 好電的電池包。 108 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 96~116108 108 2006-12-19 오후 2:38:24 ENGLISH Using the Menu 使用選單 Movie 1. Record Size 720x576 352x288 Quality Super Fine Fine Normal White Balance Auto Daylight Fluorescent Tungsten Custom Program AE Auto Sports Spotlight Sand/Snow Effect Off Art Mosaic Sepia Negative Mirror B&W MP3 BLC On Off Digital Zoom On Off Record Mode TV PC Line In/Out In Out 1. Play Repeat Off Repeat One Repeat Folder Repeat All Shuffle Folder Shuffle All Equalizer Off Pop Classic Jazz Lock 2. Play Play Mode Play One Play All Repeat One Repeat All Lock Lock Multi Select Lock All Unlock All EIS On Off Lock Multi Select Lock All Unlock All Movie 1. Record Size 720x576 352x288 Quality Super Fine Fine Normal White Balance Auto Daylight Fluorescent Tungsten Custom Program AE Auto Sports Spotlight Sand/Snow Effect Off Art Mosaic Sepia Negative Mirror B&W MP3 BLC On Off Digital Zoom On Off Record Mode TV PC Line In/Out In Out 1. Play Repeat Off Repeat One Repeat Folder Repeat All Shuffle Folder Shuffle All Equalizer Off Pop Classic Jazz Lock 2. Play Play Mode Play One Play All Repeat One Repeat All Lock Multi Select Lock All Unlock All Lock Lock Multi Select Lock All Unlock All EIS On Off Focus Focus AF MF AF MF 109 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI96~116109109 2006-12-14오후2:00:45 ENGLISH Using the Menu Voice Recorder 1. Record 2. Play Play Mode Play One Play All Repeat One Repeat All Lock Lock Multi Select Lock All Unlock All Lock Lock Multi Select Lock All Unlock All File Info. OK Voice Recorder System Settings USB Mode Mass Storage PC-Cam File No. Series Reset Format Start Memory Space 000MB/000MB LCD Brightness File Browser 使用選單 0% . .. 100% Date/Time Set Date Format YY/MM/DD DD/MM/YY MM/DD/YY Time Format 12 Hour 24 Hour Date/Time Off Date Time Date/Time Beep Sound On Off Start-up Movie Mode Previous Mode Reset OK Language English / Español / Français / Português / Deutsch / Italiano / 1. Record 2. Play Play Mode Play One Play All Repeat One Repeat All Lock Lock Multi Select Lock All Unlock All / Iran / Arab / Magyar / ไทย / Українська / Svenska / Türkçe Auto Shut off Off 5 Minutes Demonstration Off 5 Minutes Play Now Version Info USB Mode Mass Storage PC-Cam File No. Series Reset Format Start Memory Space 000MB/000MB LCD Brightness Nederlands / Polski / Русский / / System Settings File Browser Lock Lock Multi Select Lock All Unlock All File Info. OK 0% . .. 100% Date/Time Set Date Format YY/MM/DD DD/MM/YY MM/DD/YY Time Format 12 Hour 24 Hour Date/Time Off Date Time Date/Time Beep Sound On Off Start-up Movie Mode Previous Mode Reset OK Language English / Español / Français / Português / Deutsch / Italiano / Nederlands / Polski / Русский / / / Iran / Arab / Magyar / ไทย / Українська / Svenska / Türkçe Auto Shut off Off 5 Minutes Demonstration Off 5 Minutes Play Now Version Info 110 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI96~116110110 2006-12-14오후2:00:46 ENGLISH Specifications Model Name VP-X300/X300L The Sports Camcorder System Movie Recording MPEG4 AVI Format System MP3 Stereo Playing WAVE File Recording/Play (8KHz Sampling, Voice 16 bit, Stereo) SD Memory Memory Card MMC Recording time Refer to page 30 CCD Pixel 1/6 inch CCD, 800K(Maximum) Zoom Ratio x10(Optical), x100(Digital) Focal Length f=2.4~24mm, F1.8~2.4 Minimum Illumination 3.0 Lux LCD monitor 2.0” Transmission Type, 211K Connectors USB Mini-B type (USB 2.0 High Speed) DC Power In connector Proprietary 3 pins connector Earphones ø 3.5 Stereo Video (1.0Vp_p, 75Ω), Audio (-7.5dBm 47KΩ, Multi jack AV Input/ Stereo) Output External CMOS Camera General Operating Temperature 0°C-40°C (32°F-104°F) Operating Humidity 10%-80% 3.8V (Li-ion Polymer Battery Pack), 4.8V (AC Power Source Adapter) Power Consumption 2.5W (LCD ON) Dimensions (WxHxD) 61.3mm x 93.6mm x 30.3mm (Including the Battery Pack) Weight 150g (Including the Battery pack) Built-in Microphone Omni-directional condenser microphone 規格 機型名稱 運動攝錄放影機系統 影片錄製系統 MP3 語音 記憶體 錄製時間 CCD 像素 縮放比率 焦距 最低照明度 LCD 顯示器 連接器 USB 直流電源輸入連接器 耳機 多功能插孔 VP-X300/X300L MPEG4 AVI 格式 立體聲播放 WAVE 檔案錄製/播放(8KHz 取樣、16 位元、立 體聲) SD 記憶卡 MMC 請參閱第 30 頁 1/6 吋 CCD、800K(最大) x10(光學)、x100(數位) f=2.4~24公釐、F1.8~2.4 3.0 Lux 2.0” 傳送類型、211K Mini-B 類型(高速 USB 2.0) 專屬 3 插腳連接器 ø 3.5 立體聲 視訊(1.0Vp_p、75Ω),音訊(-7.5dBm AV 輸入/輸出 47KΩ、立體聲) 外接式 CMOS 相機 一般資訊 操作溫度 操作濕度 耗電量 0°C-40°C (32°F-104°F) 10%-80% 3,8V(鋰聚合物電池組),4.8V(交流電變壓 器) 2.5W(LCD 開啟) 尺寸(寬x高x深) 61.3 公釐 X 93.6 公釐 X 30.3 公釐(含電池組) 重量 內建麥克風 150g (含電池組) 多向麥克風 電源 111 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 96~116111 111 2007-03-16 오후 2:31:58 ENGLISH Specifications Model Name AC Adapter Power Requirement DC Output Operating Temperature Dimensions Weight 規格 VP-X300/X300L AC 100 ~ 240V, 50 / 60 Hz DC 4.8V, 1.0 A 0°C (32°F) ~ 40° (104°F) 70 mm x 29.7 mm x 59.1 mm 85.1g Model Name XC-L2P External CMOS Camera CMOS Pixel 1/3 inch CMOS, 270K(Maximum) Video Resolution 720x576 (VGA) exposure Auto white balance Auto focus type Fixed focal length f=5.56mm, F2.0 connector AV Output Video (1.0Vp_p), Audio (-7.5dBm 47KΩ, Input : mono) general operating temperature 0°C~40°C (32°F~104°F) operating humidity 20%~80% power source B+ (3.2V~4.8V) power consumption 0.7W Dimensions (lxhxd) 94.5mm x 34.7mm x 33mm weight 96g built-in microphone Omni-directional condenser microphone The product design and specifications are subject to change without notice for better performance and quality. 機型名稱 交流電變壓器 電源需求 直流電輸出 操作溫度 尺寸 重量 VP-X300L/X300 機型名稱 外接式 CMOS 相機 CMOS 像素 視訊解析度 曝光 白平衡 對焦類型 焦距 連接器 交流電輸出 XC-L2P 一般資訊 操作溫度 操作溼度 電源 耗電 尺寸(長x高x寬) 重量 內建麥克風 AC 100 ~ 240V、50 / 60 Hz 直流電 4.8V、1.0 A 0°C (32°F) ~ 40° (104°F) 70 公釐 x 29.7 公釐 x 59.1 公釐 85.1g 1/3 吋 CMOS、270K(最大) 720x576 (VGA) 自動 自動 固定 f=5.56公釐、F2.0 視訊 (1.0Vp_p),音訊(-7.5dBm 47KΩ、輸 入:單聲道) 0°C~40°C (32°F~104°F) 20%~80% B+ (3.2V~4.8V) 0.7W 94.5公釐 x 34.7公釐x33公釐 96g 多向麥克風 ㆍ為了獲得更佳效能與品質,產品設計與規格可能會隨時更改,恕不 另行通知。 112 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI96~116112112 2006-12-19오후2:44:44 ENGLISH Index 索引 -A- AC Power Adapter.........................................................................................13, 24 AF(Auto Focus)....................................................................................................46 Auto Shut off........................................................................................................86 -B- Battery Pack...................................................................................................21~24 Beep Sound.........................................................................................................82 BLC.....................................................................................................................47 -CCharging the Battery............................................................................................24 Cleaning and Maintenance........................................................................103~106 -D- Date&Time...........................................................................................................78 Demonstration......................................................................................................87 Digital Zoom.........................................................................................................48 DV Media Pro 1.0..........................................................................................97, 98 -E- Earphones . .........................................................................................................14 Effect....................................................................................................................44 -F- File Browser.........................................................................................................67 File No. . ..............................................................................................................74 Format..................................................................................................................75 -A交流電變壓器............................................................................................13, 24 AF(自動對焦)..............................................................................................46 自動關閉..........................................................................................................86 -B電池組........................................................................................................21~24 嗶聲..................................................................................................................82 背光補償..........................................................................................................47 -C電池組充電......................................................................................................24 清潔與保養............................................................................................103~106 -D設定日期與時間..............................................................................................78 示範畫面..........................................................................................................87 數位縮放..........................................................................................................48 DV Media Pro 1.0........................................................................................97, 98 -E耳機 .................................................................................................................14 效果..................................................................................................................44 -F檔案瀏覽器......................................................................................................67 檔案編號 . .......................................................................................................74 格式化..............................................................................................................75 -J- -J搖桿..................................................................................................................27 -L- -L語言..................................................................................................................85 LCD 亮度..........................................................................................................77 鎖定............................................................................................... 53, 60, 66, 70 Joystick.................................................................................................................27 Language.............................................................................................................85 LCD Brightness....................................................................................................77 LOCK................................................................................................ 53, 60, 66, 70 113 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 96~116113 113 2006-12-20 오후 9:52:32 ENGLISH Index 索引 -M- Mode button.......................................................................................................26 MENU button.......................................................................................................27 MF(Manual Focus)...............................................................................................46 -P- PC Cam................................................................................................................90 Program AE.........................................................................................................43 -Q- Quality..................................................................................................................41 -R- Reset....................................................................................................................84 -S- Start-up Mode......................................................................................................83 Sepia....................................................................................................................44 -T- Troubleshooting.........................................................................................107, 108 -U- USB . ...................................................................................................................73 -V- -M模式按鈕..........................................................................................................26 選單按鈕..........................................................................................................27 手動對焦..........................................................................................................46 -P電腦攝像機......................................................................................................90 程序自動曝光..................................................................................................43 -Q品質..................................................................................................................41 -R重設..................................................................................................................84 -S起始模式..........................................................................................................83 深褐色..............................................................................................................44 -T故障排解............................................................................................... 107, 108 -UUSB ..................................................................................................................73 -W- -V版本資訊..........................................................................................................88 錄音..................................................................................................................62 -Z- -W白平衡..............................................................................................................42 Version Information..............................................................................................88 Voice Record.......................................................................................................62 White Balance......................................................................................................42 Zooming In and Out.............................................................................................36 -Z放大和縮小......................................................................................................36 114 VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI96~116114114 2006-12-14오후2:00:48 ENGLISH Contact SAMSUNG WORLD WIDE If you have any questions or comments relating to Samsung products, please contact the SAMSUNG customer care centre. Region Country North America Latin America Europe CIS Asia Pacific Middle East & Africa VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 96~116115 115 Customer CANADA MEXICO U.S.A ARGENTINE BRAZIL CHILE COSTA RICA ECUADOR EL SALVADOR GUATEMALA JAMAICA PANAMA PUERTO RICO REP. DOMINICA TRINIDAD & TOBAGO VENEZUELA BELGIUM CZECH REPUBLIC DENMARK FINLAND FRANCE GERMANY HUNGARY ITALIA LUXEMBURG NETHERLANDS NORWAY POLAND PORTUGAL SLOVAKIA SPAIN SWEDEN U.K RUSSIA UKRAINE AUSTRALIA CHINA HONG KONG INDIA INDONESIA JAPAN MALAYSIA PHILIPPINES SINGAPORE THAILAND TAIWAN VIETNAM SOUTH AFRICA U.A.E SAMSUNG 國際聯絡 若閣下對Samsung� 產品有任何意見或疑問,歡迎聯絡Samsung客戶服 務中心。 Care Center 1-800-SAMSUNG (726-7864) 01-800-SAMSUNG (726-7864) 1-800-SAMSUNG (726-7864) 0800-333-3733 0800-124-421 800-726-7864(SAMSUNG) 0-800-507-7267 1-800-10-7267 800-6225 1-800-299-0013 1-800-234-7267 800-7267 1-800-682-3180 1-800-751-2676 1-800-7267-864 1-800-100-5303 02 201 2418 844 000 844 38 322 887 09 693 79 554 08 25 08 65 65 (0,15€/Min) 01805 - 121213 (€ 0,14/Min) 06 40 985 985 199 153 153 02 261 03 710 0900 20 200 88 (€ 0.10/Min) 231 627 22 0 801 801 881 80 8 200 128 0850 123 989 902 10 11 30 08 585 367 87 0870 SAMSUNG (7267864) 8-800-200-0400 8-800-502-0000 1300 362 603 800-810-5858, 010- 6475 1880 2862 6001 3030 8282 1600 1100 11 0800-112-8888 0120-327-527 1800-88-9999 1800-10-SAMSUNG (7267864) 1800-SAMSUNG (7267864) 1800-29-3232 02-689-3232 0800-329-999 1 800 588 889 0860 7267864 (SAMSUNG) 800SAMSUNG (7267864) Web Site www.samsung.com/ca www.samsung.com/mx www.samsung.com www.samsung.com/ar www.samsung.com/br www.samsung.com/cl www.samsung.com/latin www.samsung.com/latin www.samsung.com/latin www.samsung.com/latin www.samsung.com/latin www.samsung.com/latin www.samsung.com/latin www.samsung.com/latin www.samsung.com/latin www.samsung.com/latin www.samsung.com/be www.samsung.com/cz www.samsung.com/dk www.samsung.com/fi www.samsung.com/fr www.samsung.de www.samsung.com/hu www.samsung.com/it www.samsung.lu www.samsung.com/nl www.samsung.com/no www.samsung.com/pl www.samsung.com/pt www.samsung.com/sk www.samsung.com/es www.samsung.com/se www.samsung.com/uk www.samsung.ru www.samsung.com/ur www.samsung.com/au www.samsung.com.cn www.samsung.com/hk www.samsung.com/in www.samsung.com/id www.samsung.com/jp www.samsung.com/my www.samsung.com/ph www.samsung.com/sg www.samsung.com/th www.samsung.com/tw www.samsung.com/vn www.samsung.com/za www.samsung.com/mea 2006-12-22 오후 3:05:25 ENGLISH The Sports Camcorder IS MANUFACTURED BY: RoHS compliant Our product complies with “The Restriction Of the use of certain Hazardous Substances in electrical and electronic equipment”, and we do not use the 6 hazardous materials- Cadmium (Cd), Lead (Pb), Mercury (Hg), Hexavalent Chromium (Cr+6), Poly Brominated Biphenyls (PBBs), Poly Brominated Diphenyl Ethers (PBDEs)- in our products. VP-X300L-01228X-IB-UK+TAI 001~002 2 符合 RoHS 標準 我們的產品符合「在電子與電氣設備中使用有害化學物質之管 制條例」標準,產品中絕對不含下列 6 種有害化學物質:鎘 (Cd)、鉛 (Pb)、水銀 (Hg)、六價鉻 (Cr+6)、多溴聯苯類 (PBB)、以及多溴聯苯醚類 (PBDE)。 2006-12-14 오후 1:41:42
advertisement
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project
Key Features
- Handheld camcorder 0.8 MP CCD 25.4 / 6 mm (1 / 6") Black
- Optical zoom: 10x Digital zoom: 100x
- Memory card
- Built-in flash
- LCD Built-in display 5.08 cm (2")
- 720 x 576 pixels
- PictBridge
- Lithium Polymer (LiPo) 1.33 h